UK Injectable Medicines Guide 2013
UK Injectable Medicines Guide 2013
Produced by
NHS Lothian Medicines Information Service (July 2013)
Pharmacy Department
Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh
E-mail: [email protected]
Telephone: 0131 242 2920
Table of Contents
Infusion Pump to Use According to Therapy Category
Preferred routes of administration of injectable medicines table
Selecting an appropriate vascular device for administration of IV medicines
Example IV Monograph Explanation of Sections
Good Practice for Prescribing of Injections
Good Practice for Preparation of Injections
Good Practice for Administration of Injections
A
Acetazolamide
Acetylcysteine
Aciclovir powder
Aciclovir solution
Aclasta (See zolendronic acid)
Adrenaline
Albumin 5%
Albumin Concentrate
Alfentanil
Alteplase
Amikacin
Aminophylline
Amiodarone
Amoxicillin
Amphotericin - AmBisome
Amphotericin – Fungizone
Anidulafungin
Artensunate
Aztreonam
B
Beriplex (see Dried prothrombin complex)
Benzylpenicillin
Bumetanide
C
Calcium folinate
Calcium gluconate
Caspofungin
Cefotaxime
Ceftazidime
Ceftriaxone
Cefuroxime
Chloramphenicol
Chlorphenamine
Ciprofloxacin
Clarithromycin
Clindamycin
Clonazepam
Co-amoxiclav
Colistimethate Sodium (Colomycin or Colistin)
Cosmofer
Co-trimoxazole
Cyclizine
D
Daptomycin
Dexamethasone
Diamorphine
Diazepam
Diazepam (Diazemuls)
Diclofenac
Digifab
Digoxin
Disodium pamidronate powder for solution
Disodium pamidronate solution
Dobutamine
Dopamine
Doxapram
Dried prothrombin complex
E
Ephedrine
Epilium (See sodium valproate)
Episenta (See sodium valproate)
Ertapenem
Erythromycin
Esomeprazole
F
Fentanyl
Ferric carboxymaltose (See Ferrinject)
Ferrinject
Flebogamma Dif 50mg/ml
Flebogamma Dif 100mg/ml
Flecainide
Flucloxacillin
Fluconazole
Flucytosine
Flumazenil
Fosfomycin
Furosemide
G
Ganciclovir
Gelatin
Gentamicin
Glyceryl trinitrate
Granisetron
H
Haem arginate
Haloperidol
Heparin sodium
Hydralazine
Hydrocortisone sodium phosphate
Hydrocortisone sodium succinate
I
Imipenem
Insulin (soluble)
Iron dextran (See Cosmofer)
Iron Isomaltose (See Monofer)
Iron sucrose (See Venofer)
Isoniazid
Isoprenaline
K
Ketorolac
Kiovig
Konakion MM (See phytomenadione)
L
Labetalol
Lepirudin
Levetiracetam
Levofloxacin
Levomepromazine
Linezolid
Liothyronine
Lorazepam
M
Magnesium sulphate
Meropenem
Mesna
Methylprednisolone
Methylthioninium chloride
Metoclopramide
Metronidazole
Midazolam
Milrinone
Monofer
Morphine sulphate
Mycophenolate mofetil
N
Naloxone
Nitrocine (See glyceryl trinitrate)
Noradrenaline
O
Octagam 5%
Octagam 10%
Octreotide
Ondansetron
Oxycodone
P
Pabrinex
Pamidronate disodium (see disodium pamidronate)
Pancuronium
Pantoprazole
Paracetamol
Pethidine
Phenylephrine
Phenytoin
Phosphate Polyfuser
Phytomenadione (Konakion MM)
Piperacillin/tazobactam
Potassium chloride
Procyclidine
Propofol
Protamine sulpahte
Q
Quinine
R
Ranitidine
Rasburicase
Rifampicin
S
Sodium fusidate
Sodium nitroprusside
Sodium stibogluconate
Sodium valproate (Epilium)
Sodium valproate (Episenta)
Sugammadex
Synacthen
T
Tacrolimus
Teicoplanin
Tenecteplase
Terlipressin powder
Terlipressin
Tobramycin
Tramadol
Tranexamic acid
V
Vancomycin
Venofer
Voriconazole
Z
Zidovudine
Zolendronic acid (Aclasta)
Zolendronic acid (Zometa)
NHS Lothian Pharmacy Services
Following is a list of injectable medicines and their method of intravenous administration. Use this information in conjunction with the UK
Injectable Medicines Guide (red manual).
The option shaded in blue is the preferred method of intravenous administration for this medicine.
When infusions can be given refer to the red manual for rates of infusion or administration time.
Refer to the red manual when a medicine is ticked with more than one option and is shaded in green.
If a medicine is not on the list then consult the manufacturers’ information, or contact your clinical pharmacist for advice.
Infusion pumps are designed for a variety of clinical applications and their performance characteristics vary. The same level of technical
performance of infusion pumps is not necessary for every clinical therapy. There are three therapy categories (A, B and C) and they
determine the performance and safety parameters of the infusion pump required to deliver a particular medicine.
Adrenaline A
Depends on indication for use
Albunorm 5% B
Albunorm concentrate B
Alfentanil A Depends on concentration of preparation used
Alteplase A Depends on
indication for use
Amikacin A
Aminophylline A
Amiodarone B
Amoxicillin B Depends on dose - up to 1g may be given via bolus
Amphotericin(Ambisome) B
Amphotericin (Fungizone) B
Anidulafungin B
Artensunate
Aztreonam B
Beriplex
Benzylpenicillin B Depends on dose – up to 1.2g may be given via
bolus.
Bumetanide B Depends on dose – up to 2mg may be given via bolus.
Calcium folinate B
Calcium gluconate B Bolus only in Emergency situation. In this case ECG monitoring advised
Caspofungin B
Cefotaxime B
Ceftazidime B
Medicine Bolus Infusion, Infusion Notes
pump Therapy
device Category
in Adults
Ceftriaxone B Depends on dose – up to 1g may be given via bolus
Cefuroxime B
Chloramphenicol B
Chlorphenamine
Ciprofloxacin B
Clarithromycin B
Clindamycin B Maximum of 1.2g for intermittent infusion. Doses greater than 1.2g must
be given as a continuous infusion
Clonazepam B
Co-amoxiclav B
Colistimethate sodium B Depends on the presence or absence of a TIVAD.
(Colomycin)
Cosmofer B Depends on use, dosing schedule and patient group
Co-trimoxazole B
Cyclizine
Daptomycin B
Dexamethasone B
Diamorphine B Depends on use
Diazepam B
Diazepam (Diazemuls) B Depends on use
Diclofenac B
Digifab B IV Bolus should ONLY be used if cardiac arrest is imminent
Digoxin A
Disodium pamidronate B
Dobutamine A
Dopamine A
Doxapram B Depends on use
Ephedrine
Ertapenem B
Medicine Bolus Infusion, Infusion Notes
pump Therapy
device Category
in Adults
Erythromycin B
Esomeprazole B Depends on use
Fentanyl B Depends on use
Ferrinject B Depends on dose
Flebbogamma Dif B
Flecainide B IV bolus for initial treatment dose only
Flucloxacillin B Depends on dose - Maximum of 1g can be given via bolus
Fluconazole B
Flucytosine B
Flumazenil B Depends on use
Fosfomycin B
Furosemide B Depends on dose
Ganciclovir B
Gentamicin A Depends on use and dosing schedule
Glyceryl trinitrate A
Granisetron B
Haloperidol B Depends on use
Heparin sodium A Depends on use - loading dose ONLY can be given via bolus
Hydralazine B Depends on use
Hydrocortisone sod phos B
Hydrocortisone sod succ B
Imipenem B
Insulin soluble A Depends on use
Isoniazid
Isoprenaline A Depends on concentration and use
Ketorolac
Kiovig B
Labetalol B Depends on dose and concentration
Lepirudin A Depends on use - loading dose ONLY can be given via bolus
Medicine Bolus Infusion, Infusion Notes
pump Therapy
device Category
in Adults
Levetiracetam B
Levofloxacin B
Levomepromazine
Linezolid B
Lorazepam
Magnesium sulphate B Depends on dose and use
Meropenem B
Mesna B
Methylpredisolone B Doses above 250mg should be given via infusion
Methylthioninium chloride A
Metoclopramide B Depends upon concentration and dose - Doses above 10mg should be
given via infusion
Metronidazole B
Midazolam B Depends on use
Milrinone B
Monofer B Depends on dose
Morphine sulphate B Depends on dose and use
Mycophenolate mofetil B
Naloxone B Depends on use
Noradrenaline A
Octagam B
Octreotide
Ondansetron B Depends on use
Oxycodone B Depends on use and dose given. Doses above 10mg cannot be given
via bolus injection.
Pabrinex B
Pancuronium
Pantoprazole B
Paracetamol B
Medicine Bolus Infusion, Infusion Notes
pump Therapy
device Category
in Adults
Pethidine B Depends on use
Phenylephrine A Depends on use and concentration
Phenytoin A
Phosphate Polyfuser A
Phytomenadione B
(Vitamin K)
Piperacillin/tazobactam B Change in licensing by manufacturer – no loger licensed to be given via
IV Bolus.
Potassium chloride A
Procyclidine
Propofol A Depends on use
Protamine sulphate A
Ranitidine B
Rasburicase B
Rifampicin B
Sodium fusidate A
Sodium nitropriusside A
Sodium stilbogluconate B
Sodium valproate B
(Epilium)
Sodium Valproate B
(Episenta)
Tacrolimus A
Teicoplanin B
Tenecteplase
Terlipressin
Tobramycin B
Tramadol B
Tranexamic acid B Depends on use
Medicine Bolus Infusion, Infusion Notes
pump Therapy
device Category
in Adults
Vancomycin A
Venofer B Depends on use
Voriconazole B
Zidovudine A
Zolendronic acid (Aclasta) B
Zolendronic acid (Zometa) B
Selecting an appropriate vascular access device for administration of intravenous fluids and medication
YES NO
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
All medicines can be administered via the central route. For some medicines this is
the preferred or essential route, for example, vasoconstrictor medicines (e.g.
adrenaline and noradrenaline).
Medicines of extreme pH (<5 or >9) or osmolarity (>600mOsmol/L) should preferably
be administered centrally rather than peripherally due to their potential to cause vein
injury (RCN 2010 Standards for Infusion Therapy)
Central venous administration provides rapid dilution and distribution of the medicine,
avoiding local toxicity to the vein wall.
The concentration and rate of administration of a medicine administered centrally is
important. Central administration via a neck vein delivers medication close to the
heart where some may have a toxic effect. For example, potassium and calcium must
be administered slowly when given via the central route to allow for dilution within the
circulation, as high concentrations can be toxic to the heart causing asystole.
Advice on selecting an appropriate vascular access device for administration of intravenous
fluids and medication can be found in the following flow chart which has been adapted from
BJN 2010, Vol 19, No 2 Central venous access devices Part 1: Devices for acute care (see
page [Insert Page number]).
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Where reconstitution is necessary and the dose of the medicine required is less than a
complete vial it may be necessary to calculate the displacement value of the medicine.
Displacement values are usually only applicable to paediatrics.
e.g. To give a dose of 125mg amoxicillin from a 250mg vial
The displacement value of amoxicillin 250mg is 0.2mL
If 4.8ml of diluent is added to a 250mg vial, the volume of the resulting solution
is 5mL (i.e. 4.8mL plus 0.2mL)
Therefore 125mg will be contained in 2.5mL of the solution.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT:
Many medicines require further dilution before they can be given by injection or infusion.
This section indicates if the medicine can be diluted in sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
(the most common diluents) before use. Information on other suitable diluents (infusion
fluids) can be found in the ‘compatibility information useful in clinical practice’ section of the
monograph.
Details of the volume of diluent to be used are given where this is important.
When preparing a medication for administration, do not combine vials/ampoules from more
than one manufacturer to make up the total dose.
Unless otherwise stated in the monograph, infusions should be given an expiry time of 24
hours if prepared in a clinical area. Be aware that local policies may differ.
N.B. The use of a different diluent or concentration to that recommended in the ‘instructions
for dilution and suitable diluent’ section may affect the stability of the solution and reduce the
expiry time.
Administration of a dose prepared in a clinical area should be started immediately
(exceptions; see NPSA Patient Safety Alert 20: Promoting safer use of injectable medicines.
March 2007).
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% is recommended as a flush for most drugs. In a very few
circumstances sodium chloride 0.9% should not be used and glucose 5% is
recommended as an alternative.
Water for injections should not be used as a flush because water haemolyses red
blood cells (leading to hyperkalaemia).
Do not flush at a rate which exceeds the rate of administration of the IV injection or
infusion to be flushed.
For some infusions, e.g. those containing a vasoactive medicine (e.g. inotropes,
antihypertensive agents, vasodilators, anti-arrhythmic agents), the central venous
access device should not be flushed when the infusion is discontinued. For these
preparations, when the infusion is discontinued, disconnect the giving set, aspirate the
cannula contents and discard it, then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
This section includes details of adverse effects that may occur acutely, either during or very
shortly after, administration of a medicine by the intravenous route and suggested
appropriate monitoring.
Use this information carefully as it is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible
adverse effects resulting from administration of the medicine, or all required monitoring.
A full list of possible adverse effects can be found in the medicine’s ’Summary of Product
Characteristics’ (SPC) available as a ‘link’ in the ‘Current Suppliers’ section of the
monograph.
Be aware that the monitoring suggested may not be possible in all clinical areas.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is the inadvertent administration of a vesicant or irritant into the tissues.
Administration of a non-irritant or non-vesicant solution into the tissues is classified as
infiltration.
The following have the potential to cause tissue injury if extravasation occurs and should, if
possible, be administered via a central venous access device:-
medicines that have an extreme pH (less than 5 and greater than 9)
medicines with high osmolarity (greater than 600mOsmol/L)
cytotoxic medicines
calcium preparations
glucose preparations ≥ 20%
medicines liable to precipitate e.g. diazepam
vasoconstrictors e.g. noradrenaline and adrenaline
preparations which contain alcohol, polyethylene glycol and certain other injection
excipients.
The ‘National Extravasation Information Service’ provides information on factors which may
result in tissue damage if a medicine is accidentally extravasated and suggested treatment.
It can be accessed via the ‘documents and links’ page of the website.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1) The majority of intravenous medicines are formulated to have an osmotic pressure
similar to that of plasma. This minimises disturbance to the tissues when administered.
2) Infiltration into tissues of solutions with an osmolarity greater than that of plasma (>290
mOsmol/l) may cause tissue damage. It is recommended that if the osmolarity is
greater than 600mOsmol/L the medicine should be infused via a central venous access
device, unless there is a clinical emergency in which case a large peripheral vein can be
used.
3) The following is a selection of medicines that have high osmolarity and may potentially
cause a problem if extravasated.
Calcium gluconate 10% 670mOsmol/L
Calcium chloride 5mmol/10ml 1,500mOsmol/L
Glucose 20% 1,110mOsmol/L
Glucose 50% 2,775mOsmol/L
Magnesium sulphate 10% 933mOsmol/L
Mannitol 20% 1,100mOsmol/L
Parenteral nutrition bags (variable with bag contents)
Potassium chloride 20mmol/10ml 4,000mOsmol/L
Sodium bicarbonate 4.2% 1,004mOsmol/L
Sodium bicarbonate 8.4% 2,008mOsmol/L
Sodium chloride hypertonic solutions (concentrations exceeding 1.8%)
X-ray contrast media
pH:
Medicines with a high (greater than 9) or low (less than 5) pH (e.g. aciclovir, amphotericin,
ganciclovir, methylthioninium chloride, phenytoin, phenobarbital) are likely to cause tissue
damage if extravasation occurs. It is recommended that these products are administered
via a central venous access device unless in a clinical emergency in which case a large
peripheral vein can be used. The pH stated is usually that of the undiluted reconstituted
medicine but in most circumstances dilution does not significantly alter the pH.
OTHER COMMENTS:
This section:
States if a product requires protection from light whilst it is being administered.
Gives details of any required pre-medication.
Highlights any SPC changes or a significant NPSA/MHRA alert which has become
available since a monograph was last published.
REFERENCES:
Standard resources are used to prepare IV monographs.
Version number
Good practice for the prescribing of injections
the medicine is not available for administration by another route, and there is no
therapeutically equivalent medicine that could be used by another route, or
the oral, naso-gastric, rectal or other possible route is not suitable due to the
clinical condition of the patient, or
the medicine needs to be administered by injection to achieve immediate effect,
or the required therapeutic level
4. For antibiotics, consider changing from IV to oral when the patient fulfils the following
criteria:
5. Prescribe injections by bolus wherever possible, and only add to infusions in the
following circumstances:
Only nurses who have successfully completed the Division intravenous therapy
training programme or equivalent may prepare and administer intravenous injections.
Assessment of competence must be repeated every 3 years.
Before using these monographs, the information included in the reference monograph
overleaf must be read and clearly understood. All the medicines included in the
manual may be administered by nursing staff who have successfully completed the IV
drug administration programme. Other medicines may be administered by nursing
staff providing they have sufficient information available to allow for safe preparation
and administration.
5. Labelling
For syringe drivers, affix the label to a flag to avoid obliterating the graduations on
the syringe, and to allow inspection of the solution. Do not use the flag more than
once – always use a new flag when preparing a new syringe.
Label syringes containing solutions to be used as flushes with a pre-printed label
to avoid the risk of selection error.
The poster supplied to ward areas at the time of the change can be seen over.
Good practice for the administration of injections
1. Infusion charts
For infusions that are administered using a rate controlling infusion device, record
instructions, details of preparation, and observations during administration on the
Intravenous Infusion Chart.
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing acetazolamide 500mg powder for reconstitution (as sodium salt).(1)(5)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
No information.(9)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to the high pH.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available for reconstituted product from manufacturer.(9)
pH:
pH = 9 to 10 (1)(9)(12)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store unreconstituted product above 25oC.(1)
2. Monitor urea and electrolytes before and during treatment particularly in elderly patients
and patients with diabetes, renal impairment, pulmonary obstruction or emphysema, who
may be at risk of symptomatic metabolic acidosis with acetazolamide. Electrolyte
imbalances may also occur.(1)(2)(5)
3. Acetazolamide should not be used in patients hypersensitive to sulphonamides.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Diamox® Sodium 500mg powder for solution for
injection. Last revised September 2012
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 31/12/2012
5. British National Formulary, December 2012, accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 31/12/2012
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health,
2003 pg 2-3
a) British National Formulary for Children, December 2012, accessed via
www.medicinesomplete.com on 31/12/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Mercury Pharma. Date contacted: 31/12/2012 and 07/01/2013
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
11. Langfield et al., 2010. Avoiding osmotic imbalances. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacy.
2, pp 307-308
12. QA Department, Charing Cross Hospital. Date contacted: 09/01/2013
Version 4
Intravenous Acetylcysteine
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Acetylcysteine Parvolex®
Generic (Martindale (Aurum), Teva)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing acetylcysteine 200mg/mL as concentrate for solution for infusion.
Ampoules containing acetylcysteine 2g in 10mL(1a-c) or 4g in 20mL.(1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Intravenous infusion:
For treatment of paracetamol poisoning 3 consecutive intravenous infusions administered as
IV infusions as follows over 21 hour period (1):
1) 150mg/kg in 200ml of infusion fluid over 1 hour then
2) 50mg/kg in 500ml of infusion fluid over 4 hours then
3) 100mg/kg in 1 litre of infusion fluid over the next 16 hours
See the product Summary of Characteristics for full dosing details at
www.emc.medicines.org.uk. The adult dosing table is extracted below:
Adult acetylcysteine prescription
(each ampoule = 200 mg/mL acetylcysteine)
Infusion 200 mL glucose 5% or sodium chloride 500 mL glucose 5% or sodium chloride 1000 mL glucose 5% or sodium chloride
fluid 0.9% 0.9% 0.9%
Drug dose 150 mg/kg acetylcysteine 50 mg/kg acetylcysteine 100 mg/kg acetylcysteine
2 2 2
Patient Ampoule volume Infusion Rate Ampoule volume Infusion Rate Ampoule volume Infusion Rate
1
Weight
40‐49
34 234 12 128 23 64
50‐59
42 242 14 129 28 64
60‐69
49 249 17 129 33 65
70‐79
57 257 19 130 38 65
80‐89
64 264 22 131 43 65
90‐99
72 272 24 131 48 66
100‐109
79 279 27 132 53 66
≥110 83 283 28 132 55 66
Dose calculations are based on the weight in the middle of each band. If the patient weighs less than 40 kg use
1
the paediatric dose table within Toxbase or the SPC available via the eMC link above.
2
Ampoule volume has been rounded up to the nearest whole number.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT:
Glucose 5% is the preferred diluent as stated in administration guidelines above, however,
sodium chloride 0.9% can be used as an alternative.(1a)(1c)(5)
A colour change of the infusion solution to light purple has sometimes been noted and is not
thought to indicate significant impairment of safety or efficacy.(1)(5)
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
No data available on file, but a suitable diluent may be used to flush the line.
Glucose 5% would be the first choice followed by sodium chloride 0.9%
Silicone rubber and plastic are satisfactory for use with acetylcysteine.(1a-c)
Some antibiotics including amphotericin, ampicillin sodium, erythromycin lactobionate, and
some tetracyclines are either physically incompatible or may be inactivated on mixing with
acetylcysteine.(2)
Acetylcysteine is compatible with the following infusions: potassium chloride 0.3% with
sodium chloride 0.9%(1a)(1c) and potassium chloride 0.3% with glucose 5%.(1a)(1c)
pH:
pH = 6.0 to 7.5(4) or 6.5 to 7.5.(9b-c)
OTHER COMMENTS:
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. a) Product summary Parvolex® injection. Last
revised June 2010
b) Acetylcysteine 200mg/mL concentrate for solution for infusion. Teva. Last revised
08/02/2011.
c) Acetylcysteine 200mg/mL concentrate for solution for infusion, Martindale
Pharmaceuticals (Aurum). Last revised 06/12/2005
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 37th Edition, 2011, pg 1687-1689
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information
4. Trissel 'Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 16th Edition pg 5-6
5. British National Formulary 63, March 2012, pg 37
6. Medicines for Children 2003 produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child
Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12 pg 28
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer.
9. a) Drug company name: UCB Pharma. Date contacted: 17/08/2012
b) Drug company name: Teva UK Ltd. Date contacted: 15/06/2012
c) Drug company name: Martindale Pharma (Aurum). Date contacted: 01/05/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing aciclovir 250mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution (1a-b)
Vials containing aciclovir 500mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution (1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS, CHILDREN AND NEONATES
Do not administer by IV injection (to avoid renal damage)
Discard the solution if it becomes cloudy or crystals appear before or during the infusion.(1a-b)
Shake the vial gently until the powder is completely dissolved. The reconstituted solution is
light yellow and slightly opalescent.(1a)
After reconstitution the 25mg in 1mL aciclovir solution may require further dilution, unless
administering to fluid restricted patients.(1a-b)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
250mg displaces 0.2mL(9a-b)
ADULTS:
Dilute doses of between 250mg and 500mg in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9%. Dilute doses of
between 500mg and 1g in 250mL of sodium chloride 0.9%. Do not dilute to a concentration
greater than 5mg in 1mL.(1a-b)
In fluid restricted patients only, aciclovir may be given undiluted (25mg in 1mL) via a central
venous access device using a syringe pump.(1a-b)(11)
CHILDREN AND NEONATES:
Dilute doses to a maximum concentration of 5mg in 1mL, e.g. 100mg in 20mL infusion fluid.(1a-
b)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%.(1a-b)
EXTRAVASATION:
Aciclovir has the potential to cause tissue damage due to the high pH.(8a)(10)(12)
The following are usually incompatible, infuse separately if possible. Parenteral nutrition
solutions, sodium bicarbonate infusions, phosphate preparations, blood components, plasma
substitutes.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
324-349mOsm/L (in sodium chloride 0.9%) (Zovirax) Also see link.(12).
pH:
Reconstituted aciclovir solution has a pH of approximately 11.(1a-b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not refrigerate the reconstituted or diluted solution as precipitation may occur.(1a-b)
2. Do not store vials above 25oC.(1a-b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Zovirax® IV 250mg and 500mg (GlaxoSmithKline) last revised November 2012
b) Aciclovir 250mg powder for solution (WockhardtUK Ltd) last updated January 2012
2. Martindale, accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com November 2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com November 2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed November 2012
5. British National Formulary No. 64, September 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via http://bnfc.org/bnfc
November 2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
a) GlaxoSmithKline supplied November 2012
b) Wockardt, supplied November 2012
9. a) Drug company name: GlaxoSmith Kline. Date contacted: 16/11/2012
b) Drug company name: Wockhardt. Date contacted: 16/11/2012
10. www.extravasation.org.uk
11. UKCPA Minimum Volumes Guide 3rd Edition, 2006
12. Quality Assurance department, Charing Cross Hospital. July 2010.
13. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
Version 6
Intravenous Aciclovir intravenous infusion (concentrated solution)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Aciclovir Aciclovir sterile concentrate solution - Hospira UK Ltd
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing aciclovir 250mg in 10mL (as sodium) concentrate for infusion or dilution.(1)
Vials containing aciclovir 500mg in 20mL (as sodium) concentrate for infusion or dilution.(1)
Vials containing aciclovir 1g in 40mL (as sodium) concentrate for infusion or dilution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS, CHILDREN AND NEONATES
Do not administer by IV Injection (to avoid renal damage)
Discard the solution if it becomes cloudy or crystals appear before or during the infusion.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Aciclovir has the potential to cause tissue damage due to the high pH.(9)(12)
The following are usually incompatible, infuse separately if possible. Parenteral nutrition
solutions, sodium bicarbonate infusions, phosphate preparations, blood components, plasma
substitutes.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolarity
324mOsmol/L for aciclovir 500mg in 250ml of sodium chloride 0.9% .(12) .
pH:
pH 10.5 to 11.7.(9)(12)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not refrigerate as precipitation may occur.(4)
2. Do not store vials above 25oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Aciclovir 25mg/mL Sterile Concentrate (Hospira UK
Intravenous Adrenaline/epinephrine
Commercially available preparations of adrenaline 1 in 1,000 (1mg in 1mL) are currently
not licensed for administration via the IV route
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Adrenaline (epinephrine) Non proprietary available from:
Cardinal Health Martindale Products
Goldshield plc
Hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd
UCB Pharma (was IMS UK) Ltd
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Preparations used for administration by IV injection: Use adrenaline 1 in 10,000
(100micrograms in 1mL).
Ampoules containing adrenaline 1 in 10,000 available as 1mL (100microgram in 1mL), 5mL
(500micrograms in 5mL) and 10mL (1mg in 10mL) ampoules.(1a)
Prefilled syringes containing adrenaline 1 in 10,000 available as 3mL (300microgram in 3mL )
and 10mL (1mg in 10mL) syringes.(1e)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection for resuscitation or critically low blood pressure whilst waiting for an infusion
to be prepared:
Give by rapid IV injection. Administer via a central venous access device if already in place, or
into a large peripheral vein. IV injection administered via a peripheral vein should be followed by
a 20mL flush of sodium chloride 0.9%.(5)(11)
IV injection for anaphylaxis (N.B. IM injection should usually be used for anaphylaxis):
Give by rapid IV injection. Administer via a central venous access device if already in place, or
into a large peripheral vein. IV injection administered via a peripheral vein should be followed by
a 20mL flush of sodium chloride 0.9%.(5)(11)
IV infusion:
Infuse via a central venous access device using an infusion pump. Adrenaline infusions are
potent and should be commenced at a low dose and the rate increased according to the blood
pressure.
A replacement infusion must always be prepared before the infusion being administered is
completed.
When the infusion is discontinued, do not flush the vascular access device. Disconnect the
administration set, aspirate the vascular access device contents and then flush with sodium
chloride 0.9%.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT:
IV injection:
Use adrenaline 1 in 10,000 (100micrograms in 1mL).
IV infusion:
If ready prepared infusions are unavailable use adrenaline 1 in 1,000 (1mg in 1mL) and dilute
with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% to produce the following suggested concentrations: (12)
ADMINISTRATION VIA A SYRINGE PUMP: A concentration of 4mg in 50mL solution is usually
used. In some circumstances it may be necessary to prepare a concentration of 8mg in 50mL or
16mg in 50mL.(12)
ADMINISTRATION VIA A VOLUMETRIC PUMP: A concentration of 8mg in 100mL is usually
used. In some circumstances it may be necessary to prepare a concentration of 16mg in 100mL
or 32mg in 100mL.(12)
Paediatrics
Dilute 3mg/kg body-weight to a final volume with 50mL sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(6a)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
NB: Infusion pumps can only be set to one decimal place. If the calculation produces a figure to
two decimal places when setting the infusion pump figures of 0.05 and above should be
rounded UP to the next decimal place and figures below 0.05 should be rounded DOWN. E.g.
5.25mL/hour should be rounded up to 5.3mL/hour.
FLUSHING:
Compatible flushes are sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
IV injection via a peripheral venous catheter Follow injection with a 20mL flush of sodium
chloride 0.9%.(5)(11)
Infusion: Do not flush the vascular access device. After the infusion is discontinued, disconnect
the administration set, aspirate the vascular access device contents and then flush with sodium
chloride 0.9%.
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Adverse effects: Arrhythmias including VT and VF. Extreme hypertension leading to
cerebral haemorrhage and pulmonary oedema.(2)(3) Anxiety, dyspnoea, restlessness,
palpitations, tachycardia, anginal pain, tremor, weakness, dizziness, headache, cold
extremities.(2)(3) Peripheral ischaemia. Hyperglycaemia.(2)
Prolonged use of adrenaline may result in severe metabolic acidosis due to elevated
blood concentrations of lactic acid.(3)
Ampoules contain sodium metabisulphite that can cause allergic type reactions
including anaphylaxis and asthmatic episodes in susceptible individuals.(3)
Monitoring: Continuous blood pressure and ECG monitoring required. When administered
via an infusion use invasive blood pressure monitoring and monitor blood glucose.
EXTRAVASATION:
Tissue infiltration may lead to local ischaemia. Tissue necrosis may occur due to low pH.
Administer via a central venous access device if possible. If extravasation occurs refer to
local treatment policies.
Adrenaline is incompatible with halogens, nitrates, nitrites and salts of iron, copper and zinc.
Adrenaline may be mixed with sodium chloride 0.9% but is incompatible with sodium chloride
5% injection. The stability of adrenaline in glucose 5% decreases when the pH is greater than
5.5.(1c)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
0.1mg/mL solution 273mOsm/kg(4
) 1mg/mL solution 348mOsm/kg(4)
pH:
2.5 to 3.6 (Martindale)(9a)
2.8 to 3.6 (Hameln)(9b)
3.3 to 3.6 (Goldshield)(9c)
2.2 to 5 (UCB Pharma)(9d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. During storage keep adrenaline preparations in outer carton to protect from light.
Intravenous Albumin solution, human, isotonic
Record the batch number and expiry date from each unit used in the patient's case notes
or drug chart.
A separate monograph for human albumin solution (concentrated) is available.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Albumin solution, human, isotonic Human albumin solution 50g/litre (Baxter)
Human Albumin Biotest 5%
Albunorm® 5%
Alburex® 5
Zenalb® 4.5
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Human albumin solution 4.5% (45g in 1L)
Glass vial/bottle containing human albumin solution 2.25g in 50mL, 4.5g in 100mL, 11.25g in
250mL, 22.5g in 500mL (Zenalb® 4.5 only).(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion
give undiluted.(1a-f) Adjust infusion rate according to indication and patient response but in
general, a rate of up to 5mL/minute is suggested for a 5% concentration.(2)
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5%, sodium chloride 0.9% (4)
Incompatible:
Do not mix with other medicines, whole blood or packed red cells, parenteral nutrition solutions,
or solutions containing alcohol. Do not dilute with water for injections as this may result in
potentially life-threatening haemolysis.(1a-f)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Human albumin solutions 40-50g in 1L are iso-osmotic(2) with and mildly hypo-oncotic to normal
plasma.(1a-f)
260mOsm/Kg (Alburex®).(1f)
pH:
6.7 to 7.3.(2)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above +25oC.(1b-f)
2. Store in the original container to protect from light.(1a-f)
3. Do not freeze; do not use solutions that have been frozen.(3)
4. Do not use solutions which are cloudy or have deposits.(1a-f)
5. Contains no more than 200micrograms aluminium in 1L.(2)
6. Warm to room or body temperature before use if large volumes are to be given.(1a-f)
Intravenous Albumin solution, human, concentrated
Record the batch number and expiry date from each unit used in the patient's case notes or drug
chart.
A separate monograph for human albumin solution (isotonic) is available.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Albumin solution, human, concentrated Human Albumin solution 200g/L Baxter
Human Albumin Biotest 20%
Albunorm® 20%
Alburex® 20
Flexbumin® 200g/L
Zenalb® 20
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass vial/bottle containing human albumin 10g in 50mL and 20g in 100mL solution.(1b-c)(1e-g)
Polythene bag containing human albumin 10g in 50mL or 20g in 100mL solution (Flexbumin®
only).(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Give diluted or undiluted.(1a-g) Infuse slowly, adjusting the rate according to indication,
patient response and dilution used, but in general, a rate of up to 1 to 2mL/minute is suggested
for a 20% concentration.(2)
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% (4)
Monitoring:
- Monitor cardiovascular and respiratory function: this might include arterial blood pressure and
pulse rate, central venous pressure, pulmonary artery wedge pressure, urine output, and
haematocrit/haemoglobin.(1a-g)
- Monitor electrolytes and take appropriate steps to restore or maintain balance.(1a-g)
- Monitor coagulation parameters and haematocrit if large volumes of fluid are being replaced and
ensure adequate substitution of other blood constituents (e.g. coagulation factors, electrolytes,
platelets and erythrocytes).(1a-g)
- Observe injured or postoperative patients carefully as the rise in blood pressure could result in
bleeding from undetected sites.(2)
- Ensure adequate hydration of the patient(1a-g) as concentrated human albumin solution is
hyperosmotic with respect to plasma.(2)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
250-400mOsm/Kg (Albunorm® 20%).(9a)
150mOsm/Kg (Zenalb® 20).(9b)
260mOsm/Kg (Alburex®).(1g)
pH:
pH 6.7 to 7.3(2)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above +25oC.(1b-g)
2. Store in the original container to protect from light.(1a-g)
3. Do not freeze; do not use solutions that have been frozen.(3)
4. Do not use solutions that are cloudy or have deposits.(1a-g)
5. Contains not more than 200micrograms aluminium in 1L.(2)
6. Warm to room or body temperature before use if large volumes are to be given.(1a-g)
Intravenous Alfentanil
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Alfentanil Rapifen®
Rapifen Intensive Care®
Non-proprietary available from Hameln and Auden McKenzie
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing alfentanil 1mg in 2mL
Ampoules containing alfentanil 5mg in 10mL
Ampoules containing alfentanil 5mg in 1mL. Concentrate for dilution.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Administer by bolus injection over about 30 seconds. Dilution may be helpful.
IV infusion: Administer using an infusion pump, Only give by infusion in ventilated patients.
Infusion: In adults, suggested standard concentration for use in Critical Care is 25mg in 50mL.(10)
Use either:
5 x 5mg in 10mL ampoules undiluted OR
5 x 5mg in 1mL ampoules diluted to 50mL. Suitable diluents are sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose
5%(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation may cause tissue damage due to low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.
pH:
4.3 to 6.0 (9) Rapifen®
4.0 to 6.0 (4) Rapifen®
4.0 to 6.0 (9) Rapifen Intensive Care®
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Adequate plasma levels in ventilated patients will only be achieved rapidly if the infusion
(0.5-1microgram/kg/minute) is preceded by a loading dose of 50-100micrograms/kg given
as a bolus or fast infusion over 10 minutes.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Rapifen 2007, Rapifen Intensive Care 2005
2. Martindale 'The Complete Drug Reference' 34th edition
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information - reference not used
4. Trissel 'Handbook on injectable drugs' 13th edition
5. British National Formulary Number 54
Intravenous Alteplase
N.B. Two different alteplase products are available. Actilyse® is for therapeutic use and
Actilyse Cathflo® is used for occluded central venous access devices. Ensure that you are
using the correct product for the required indication
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Alteplase Actilyse®
(rt-PA tissue-type plasminogen activator) Actilyse Cathflo®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Alteplase (Actilse®) for therapeutic use
Vial containing alteplase 10mg powder for reconstitution.(1a)(5) Plus 10mL vial containing water for
injections for reconstitution.(1a)
Vial containing alteplase 20mg powder for reconstitution.(1a)(5) Plus 20mL vial containing water for
injections for reconstitution.(1a)
Vial containing alteplase 50mg powder for reconstitution.(1a)(5) Plus 50mL vial containing water for
injections for reconstitution.(1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION (90 minutes (accelerated) regimen for patients with myocardial
infarction, in whom treatment can be started within 6 hours after symptom onset):
Initially an IV injection over 3 to 5 minutes, followed by IV infusion over 30 minutes, followed by
a further IV infusion over 60 minutes.(1a)(5)
PULMONARY EMBOLISM:
Initially an IV injection over 1 to 2 minutes, followed by an IV infusion over 2 hours.(1a)(5)
Note for patients weighing less than 65kg body weight - The total dose should not exceed
1.5mg/kg.(1a) The manufacturer makes no specific recommendation on how the reduced dose
should be given. They have anecdotal information indicating the most usual method would be to
give an initial IV injection over 1 to 2 minutes and then adjust the remainder of the total dose,
which is given as an IV infusion over a 2 hour period.(9)
20mg vial:- Using the transfer device provided, reconstitute with 20mL of water for injections
(provided) to obtain a final concentration of 1mg alteplase in 1mL. Alternatively, using a syringe,
reconstitute with 10mL of water for injections (provided) to obtain a final concentration of 2mg
alteplase in 1mL.(1a)
50mg vial: Using the transfer device provided, reconstitute with 50mL of water for injections
(provided) to obtain a final concentration of 1mg alteplase in 1mL. Alternatively, using a syringe,
reconstitute with 25mL of water for injections (provided) to obtain a final concentration of 2mg
alteplase in 1mL.(1a)
2mg vial (Actilyse Cathflo®): Using a syringe, reconstitute with 2.2mL water for injections
(provided) to obtain a final concentration of 1mg alteplase in 1mL.(1b)
When reconstituting alteplase, the mixture should only be agitated gently until completely
dissolved.(1a-b) To prevent foam formation vigorous/excessive agitation should be avoided (1a-b)(4)
Do not shake.(4) Slight foaming may occur, however, the bubbles will dissipate after standing for
several minutes.(4) The reconstituted preparation is a clear and colourless to pale yellow
solution.(1a-b)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Displacement value when reconstituted: approximately 1.5mL for the 50mg vial. This is negligible
and does not need to be accounted for.(9)
FLUSHING
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1a)
1. Alteplase treatment requires adequate monitoring and should only be used by physicians
trained and experienced in the use of thrombolytic treatments and with the facilities to
monitor that use.(1a)
2. When thrombolytics are used in myocardial infarction, reperfusion arrhythmias and
recurrent ischaemia and angina may occur. Reperfusion may also cause cerebral and
pulmonary oedema. Hypotension can also occur and can usually be controlled by elevating
the patient’s legs, or by reducing the rate of infusion or stopping it temporarily, Back pain,
fever, and convulsions can also occur.
3. Thrombolytics can cause allergic reactions (including rash, flushing and uveitis) and
anaphylaxis has been reported.(5)
4. For patients receiving alteplase for ischaemic stroke, the manufacturer recommends blood
pressure monitoring during administration and for up to 24 hours after.(1a)
5. Monitor for injection site haemorrhage (puncture site haemorrhage, catheter site
haematoma and catheter site haemorrhage). If severe, discontinuation should be
considered.(1a)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation during IV infusion of the drug can cause ecchymosis and/or inflammation.
Management consists of terminating the infusion at that IV site and application of local therapy.(3)
The infusion should be re-commenced using a different site.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolarity of the reconstituted solution (1mg/1mL) is approximately 200mOsm/kg.(9)
pH:
pH of reconstituted solution is 7.3 +/- 0.5 (1a-b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC. Store in the original package in order to protect from light.(1a)
Intravenous Amikacin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Amikacin Amikacin (Hospira UK Ltd)
Amikin®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing amikacin 100mg in 2mL (as sulphate) solution for injection (Amikin®).(1b)
Vials containing amikacin 500mg in 2mL (as sulphate) solution for injection (Hospira).(1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion (usual method of administration):
Adults and paediatric patients: Administer required dose, appropriately diluted, using an
infusion pump over either 30 or 60 minutes (according to local guidelines).(1a-b)
Infants: Administer over 1 to 2 hours for infants.(1a-b)
Administer via a central venous access device if one is available to avoid potential venous
irritation as the preparation has a low pH.(11) If a central venous access device is unavailable a
risk benefit analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. If given peripherally, the
insertion site must be monitored closely for phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis
scoring tool.(11)
IV injection:
100mg in 2mL preparation can be given undiluted, or diluted with 10-20mL sodium chloride
0.9% or glucose 5% to aid slow administration.
Due to extreme osmolarity of the 500mg in 2mL preparation always dilute dose before
administration.
Amikacin solution may darken from colourless to pale yellow but this does not indicate loss of
potency.(1a)(2)(4)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Therapeutic drug level monitoring required. Ensure adequate hydration and monitor renal
function to avoid nephrotoxicity.(1a-b)
Amikacin (Hospira) and Amikin® injections contain sulphites which can cause allergic-type
reactions, including anaphylactic symptoms and bronchospasm, in susceptible people,
especially those with a history of asthma or allergy.(1a-c)
Administration related adverse effects include tinnitus, deafness, vertigo, paraesthesia,
nausea and vomiting.(1a-b)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to the low pH of the injection. If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
Amikacin infusion is compatible with the following infusions (it is assumed that the
infusions mix close to the vascular access device): Sodium chloride 0.45% and glucose
2.5%, sodium chloride 0.45% and glucose 5%, sodium chloride 0.9% and glucose 5%,
sodium chloride 0.9% and glucose 10%, glucose 10%, Ringer’s solution and Hartmann's
solution.(4)
Amikacin activity may be impaired by beta-lactam antibiotics. However amikacin may be used
with penicillins and cephalosporins but the injections should be given at separate sites.(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
500mg in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% - 349mOsm/L.(4)(9a)
500mg in 100mL glucose 5% - 319mOsm/L.(4)(9a)
pH:
Undiluted 500mg vial: 3.5 to 5.5.(4)(9b)(11)
Undiluted 100mg vial: 4.2 to 4.8.(9a)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Amikacin (Hospira) injection contains sodium citrate and sodium metabisulphite;(1a)
Amikin® injection contains sodium bisulphite, sodium citrate and sulphuric acid.(1b)
2. Store unopened vials below 25oC.(1a-b)
Martindale product has been discontinued. The last batch number is 1250965 with expiry
date 31/12/2013
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Aminophylline Aminophylline (hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd) (Goldshield plc) (Cardinal
Health, Martindale Pharma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 250mg in 10mL (1a-c)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Loading dose: Administer loading dose in 100mL of suitable diluent. Administer over at least
20 minutes.(1a-c)(5) Rate not to exceed 25mg per minute.(1b)(2)
Maintenance dose: Dilute to 1mg in 1mL and administer by continuous infusion. The initial
dose for adults should not exceed 500-700micrograms/kg/hour.(1a-c)(5)
The rate and duration of the maintenance infusion should be adjusted according to theophylline
level and individual patient requirement.(1b)(1c)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
LOADING DOSE INFUSION RATE
To give the loading dose diluted to 100mL over 20 minutes, the infusion rate required is
300mL/hour.
N.B. loading doses in excess of 500mg will need to be administered at a slower rate to ensure
that the recommended maximum rate of 25mg/minute is not exceeded.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(4)(10) or glucose 5%.(4)(9)(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Injection: Osmolarlity - 170mOsm/L(11)
Osmolality - 114mOsm/kg(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Discard if the contents are discoloured.(1b)
2. Do not store above 25oC.(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) hameln Pharmaceuticals plc, last updated 06/07/2010
b) Goldshield plc, last revised 04/08/2009
c) Martindale Pharmaceuticals, November 2004
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 17/06/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/07/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/07/2010
5. British National Formulary Edition 59 pgs 173-74 & 863
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Cardinal Health, Martindale Pharma
Date contacted: 22/07/2010
b) Drug company name: hameln Pharmaceuticals
Date contacted: 22/07/2010
10. UCL Hospitals Injectable Drug Administration Guide, Second Edition 2007, pg 50
11. Accessability by Bard, appendix 1: Drug information accessed via www.accessability-by-
bard.co.uk
12. Quality Assurance Department, Charing Cross Hospital July11
Version 5
Intravenous Amiodarone hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Amiodarone Cordarone X Intravenous® (1a)
hydrochloride Generic - Cardinal Health,(1b) OI Sciences,(1c) UCB Pharma(1d)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing amiodarone 50mg in 1mL (as hydrochloride); 150mg in 3mL (1a)(c)
Ampoules containing amiodarone 30mg in 1mL (as hydrochloride); 300mg in 10mL (1b)
Pre-filled syringes containing amiodarone 30mg in 1mL (as hydrochloride); 300mg in 10mL
(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion (loading dose): Administer the required dose (usually 300mg)(15) over 20
minutes to 2 hours using an infusion pump.(1a-c)
Continuation infusion: The loading dose infusion may be followed by a repeat infusion
using an infusion pump.(1a-c) The total dose in any 24 hour period is up to 1200mg per 24
hours. The infusion rate is adjusted according to clinical response.(1a-c)
Common practice is to give a 300mg loading dose infusion over one hour, followed by an
infusion of 900mg over 23 hours.
Due to the low pH of amiodarone, concentrations exceeding amiodarone 2mg in 1mL should
always be administered via a central venous access device.(2)(3)(4) A central venous access
device is also preferred, for any concentration, where repeated or continuous infusions are
required.(1a-d)
Preferably administer via central venous access device. If unavailable use a vein located as
centrally as possible (external jugular or antecubital vein).(12)
If a peripheral line is used ensure that the line is patent before administration of the
amiodarone (e.g. successful administration of other drugs or prior administration of sodium
chloride 0.9%.(1b)). If this route used then should be given (as a minimum) through a grey
venflon from the anticubital fossa. A pink venflon in the dorsum of the hand is unacceptable.
Do not over-dilute. Solutions containing less than 300mg amiodarone in 500mL (i.e. less than
600micrograms per mL) are unstable and should not be used.(1a-c)
IV injection (extreme clinical emergency): Preferably use the 300mg in 10mL preparation
(pre-filled syringe or ampoule) without further diluting.(11) If a 300mg in 10mL preparation is
unavailable the 150mg in 3mL preparation can be used. Preferably dilute dose to 10mL with
glucose 5% however 300mg in 6mL can be used without further dilution if necessary.(12)(13)(14)
FLUSHING:
IV infusion via a central venous access device: Do not flush the central venous access
device. After the infusion is discontinued, disconnect the administration set, aspirate the
cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
IV infusion via peripheral cannula: Flush the cannula with glucose 5% at the same speed
as the rate of infusion to avoid adverse haemodynamic effects.(1a-d)
IV injection: Flush with 10mL of glucose 5%, preferably(1a-c) but sodium chloride 0.9%(13)(14)
can be used if necessary.
Monitoring:
During administration of intravenous amiodarone, blood pressure and ECG should be
monitored. There should also be facilities available for defibrillation and cardiac pacing.(1a-d)(3)
EXTRAVASATION:
Amiodarone should be administered via a central line when possible. Repeated or continuous
infusion via peripheral veins may lead to injection site reactions. Extravasation will cause
tissue damage due to the low pH of amiodarone. If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
50mg/ml (ampoule as received) = 147mOsmol (9c)
300mg in 10ml glucose 5% = 239 mOsmol (9c)
300mg in 50ml glucose 5% = 282 mOsmol (9c)
900mg in glucose 5% = 283 mOsmol (9c)
pH:
3 to 5 (9a)(9b)(9d)
3.5 to 6.5 in glucose (9a)
See link.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Amiodarone can be administered by a syringe pump or a volumetric infusion pump.
Additives in the amiodarone concentrate reduce the drop size leading to under dosing
if a drop counter infusion set is used, these infusion sets are therefore
unsuitable.(2)(3)(4)
2. Formulation contains benzyl alcohol which can cause toxic reactions in infants and
children up to the age of 3 years.(1a)(2)(3)(6)(6a)
3. One 150mg ampoule contains 56mg iodine(1a) and one 300mg vial contains 112mg
iodine.(1d)
4. It is recommended that amiodarone dilution for infusion is administered through a non-
DEHP (component of PVC) containing administration set.(1a-d) This is to minimise
patient exposure to DEHP, which may leach out of the administration set on exposure
to amiodarone. However, the clinical significance of this is uncertain.
5. March 2011 - The SPC has been revised since this monograph was last updated
6. April 2011 - The SPC has been revised since this monograph was last updated
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Cordarone X Intravenous, Sanofi Aventis, last revised 07/05/2009
b) Amiodarone Injection, Cardinal Health, last revised, March 2005
c) Amiodarone Injection, OI Sciences Ltd, last revised 16/01/2009
d) Amiodarone Injection Minijet, UCB Pharma (IMS UK Ltd), last revised 31/03/2008
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 19/03/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 19/03/2010
4. Trissel " Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition pg 109-115
5. British National Formulary No 59 (March 2010)
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health
2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 pg 109, 111
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a)Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis
Date contacted: 27/09/2007
b) Drug company name: UCB Pharma
Date contacted: 27/09/2007
c) Drug company name: OI Sciences Ltd
Date contacted: 02/10/2009
10. Borthwick M, Woods J, Keeling S et al. A survey to inform standardization of
intravenous medication concentrations in critical care. J Intensive Care Soc
2007;8(1):92-96
11. Resuscitation Council (UK) Website www.resus.org.uk
12. The use of undiluted amiodarone in the management of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest,
M. B. SKRIFVARS et al; Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2004; 48: 582-587. Link
13. Administration of amiodarone during resuscitation of ventricular arrhythmias; Heather
D. Eppert, PharmD, BCPS, and Kara B. Goddard, BS; Journal of emergency nursing;
Volume 36, January 2010. Link
14. Intravenous amiodarone for ventricular arrhythmias: overview and clinical use; Edgar
R. Gonzalez a, Barbara S. Kannewurf b, Joseph P. Ornato; Resuscitation 39 (1998)
Intravenous Amoxicillin (amoxycillin)
Contains a PENICILLIN.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Amoxicillin (amoxycillin) Amoxil® (GlaxoSmithKline UK)
Amoxicillin (Wockhardt UK Ltd, Bowmed IbisqusLtd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing amoxicillin 250mg powder for reconstitution (as sodium salt).(1b-c)
Vials containing amoxicillin 500mg powder for reconstitution (as sodium salt).(1a-c)
Vials containing amoxicillin 1g powder for reconstitution (as sodium salt).(1a-c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-4 minutes (1a-c)
IV infusion: Administer over 30-60 minutes.(1a-c)
In children and neonates, give by IV infusion over 30 minutes when dose is greater than
30mg/kg.(6a)(10)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a high pH.(11) If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit
analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. If given via a peripheral venous
catheter, it is preferable to dilute to 100mL in sodium chloride 0.9% and give by infusion (as
described below) as pH of this solution is known to be less than 9.(14)
Children:
250mg vial, reconstitute with 4.8mL water for injections to give 50mg/mL.(4)(6)(6a)
500mg vial, reconstitute with 9.6mL water for injections to give 50mg/mL.(6)(6a)
1g vial, reconstitute with 19.2mL water for injections to give 50mg/mL.(6)(6a)
Neonates:
250mg vial, reconstitute with 2.3mL water for injections to give 100mg/mL.(6a)(10)
500mg vial, reconstitute with 4.6mL water for injections to give 100mg/mL.(4)(6)(6a)
Shake until solution is clear and then withdraw the required volume from the vial into a syringe.
Requires further dilution before administration by IV infusion (see below).(1a-c)
Reconstituted solutions are normally a pale straw colour; however, a transient pink colour or
slight opalescence may appear during reconstitution.(1a)(1c)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
250mg displaces 0.2mL.(1b-c)
500mg displaces 0.4mL.(1a-c)
1g displaces 0.8mL.(1a-c)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT:
IV infusion: add the required volume of the reconstituted solution to 100mL sodium chloride
0.9% (preferred) or glucose 5%.(1c)(5)(6a)(12) This may be in the form of a mini-bag or in-line
burette.(1a-c)(4)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available.(9a-c)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Reconstituted as above for adults to a concentration of 48mg/mL; 245mOsmol/L (9c)
The following three figures are theoretical osmolarities calculated using the molecular
concentration method:(13)
1g amoxicillin reconstituted as above for adults and then diluted in 100mL sodium chloride
0.9%: 297mOsmol/L (based on osmolarity of reconstituted solution provided by manufacturer).
pH:
100mg/mL solution in water for injections: pH 8-10 (Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd and Wockhardt).(9b)(9c)
1g amoxicillin (Amoxil®) in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%: pH 8.8.(14)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store the unreconstituted product below 25oC in a dry place protected from light.(1a-c)(4)
2. Maintain adequate hydration and urinary output when high doses of amoxicillin are
used, in order to reduce the risk of amoxicillin crystalluria.(1a-c)
3. The vials are not suitable for multidose use.(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Amoxil® vials for Injection, 500mg and 1g strengths (GlaxoSmithKline UK). Last
revised January 2012
b) Amoxicillin Sodium for Injection (Wockhardt UK Ltd). Last revised June 2010.
c) Amoxicillin Powder for Solution for Injection or Infusion, 250mg, 500mg and 1g
strengths (MAH: Bowmed Ltd; distributed by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd). Last revised
17/12/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/03/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/04/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/04/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63 accessed via www.bnf.org on 02/04/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) BNF for Children 2011-12 accessed via www.bnfc.org on 03/04/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
a) GlaxoSmithKline UK, last revised 19/06/2006
Intravenous Amphotericin, liposomal (AmBisome)
There are three different formulations of intravenous amphotericin and they are not
interchangeable.
Check carefully that the product that is administered is the formulation that was
prescribed.(5)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Amphotericin, liposomal AmBisome® (Gilead)
(amphotericin B, liposomal)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing 50mg amphotericin (50,000 units) encapsulated in liposomes. Powder for
reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: over 30 to 60 minutes(1)(2)(5) using an infusion pump.
Test dose: A test dose of 1mg for adults (or 100micrograms/kg, maximum 1mg for children
1month-18years old)(6a) must be administered before giving the first dose of each course of
treatment.(1)(2)(5) A test dose can be given in two ways:
EITHER
Administer an initial test dose over 10 minutes directly from the prepared amphotericin,
liposomal (AmBisome®) infusion; stop the infusion and observe the patient carefully for the
next 30 minutes.
OR
Withdraw a volume containing the test dose from the prepared amphotericin, liposomal
(AmBisome®) infusion and give over 10 minutes via a syringe pump. Observe the patient
carefully for the next 30 minutes.
If 30 minutes after the administration of the test dose there is no severe allergic or
anaphylactic reaction, give the rest of the infusion over 30 to 60 minutes. The infusion should
be stopped immediately if severe allergic reaction occurs at any point during administration.
If a minor allergic reaction occurs, further advice should be sought from medical staff.
For patients who experience discomfort during the infusion or for doses greater than 5mg/kg,
giving the infusion more slowly, i.e. over 2 hours is recommended.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Addition of 12mL to 50mg vial results in a concentration of amphotericin, liposomal
(AmBisome®) 4mg in 1mL.(1) Therefore displacement value is 0.5mL.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT:
Withdraw the required dose from the reconstituted vial(s) and add it to glucose 5% using the
5 micron filter provided. Amphotericin, liposomal (AmBisome®) must be diluted with glucose
5% to produce a final concentration of 0.2mg (200micrograms) to 2mg per 1mL.(1)(5)
The volume of glucose 5% for the final infusion will also depend on the individual fluid
requirements.
For example doses of less than 100mg per day can be diluted with 100mL glucose 5%.
Doses between 100mg-500mg can be diluted with 250-500mL of glucose 5%.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Typical dose range is 1mg/kg to 5mg/kg. Doses above 3mg/kg are not licensed.(1) The 'links'
section below details the dose of amphotericin, liposomal required for different patient
weights to be added to glucose 5% to prepare an infusion.
Dose: 60mg
Concentration of infusion must be between 0.2mg (200micrograms) and 2mg per mL.
These volumes are not practical so choose a suitable volume somewhere between the two
i.e. 100mL or 250mL glucose 5%.
Please note: An equal volume of diluent may need to be withdrawn from the infusion bag
before adding the drug, otherwise the added volume must be considered when calculating
the final concentration of the infusion.
So, if the final concentration is 60mg in 100mL, i.e. 0.6mg (600micrograms) per mL:
So, to give a test dose of 1mg of the prepared amphotericin, liposomal (AmBisome®)
infusion 60mg in 100mL of glucose 5%, administer 1.7mL of the infusion over 10minutes. If
no anaphylactic reaction has occurred in the next 30 minutes, the rest of the infusion can be
administered over 30 to 60 minutes.
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5% only (note DO NOT use sodium chloride 0.9%).(1)(5)
EXTRAVASATION:
Not known to be an irritant or vesicant.(10) If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment
policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
300-350mOsm/L (4mg/mL in water for injection).(9)
pH:
Amphotericin, liposomal (AmBisome®) reconstituted with water for injection (4mg/1mL) has
a pH of 5 to 6.(3)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store unopened vials or infusion bags with diluted amphotericin, liposomal
(AmBisome®) above 25oC. Do not freeze.(1)
2. As there is no bacteriostatic agent in amphotericin, liposomal (AmBisome®),(1) from
microbiological point of view the solution prepared for IV infusion should be used
promptly after preparation.
3. Flush line with glucose 5% prior to infusion or use a separate line.(1)(5)
4. 50mg vial contains approximately 900mg sucrose.(1)
5. Do not store partially used vials for future patient use.(1)
6. An in-line membrane filter may be used for intravenous infusion of amphotericin,
liposomal (AmBisome®). However, the mean pore diameter of the filter should not be
less than 1.0 micron.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, last revision of the text December 2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
December 2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com in January 2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com in
January 2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Gilead Sciences Ltd, Date contacted: February 2012
10. The national extravasation information service’ Accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk,
accessed December 2011
Version 7
Intravenous Amphotericin, non-lipid (Fungizone)
There are three different formulations of intravenous amphotericin and they are not
interchangeable.
Check carefully that the product that is administered is the formulation that was
prescribed.
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Amphotericin Fungizone 50mg Powder for Sterile Concentrate® (E. R. Squibb &
(amphotericin B) Sons Limited)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing amphotericin, non-lipid 50mg (50,000 units) powder for concentrate for
solution for infusion(1) (as sodium deoxycholate complex).(2)(3)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: over 2 to 4 hours at a maximum concentration of 100micrograms/mL
(10mg/100mL) in glucose 5% using an infusion pump.(1)(5)
Administration via a central venous access device is preferred route of administration. If this is
not possible a large peripheral vein should be used.
Test dose: A test dose of 1mg for adults(1) (or 100micrograms/kg, maximum 1mg for children
1 month - 18 years old)(6a) must be administered before giving the first dose of each course of
treatment. A test dose can be given in two ways:
EITHER
Administer an initial test dose over 20-30 minutes directly from the prepared amphotericin,
non-lipid (Fungizone®) infusion; stop the infusion and observe the patient carefully for at least
further 30 minutes.
OR
Withdraw a volume containing the test dose from the prepared amphotericin, non-lipid
(Fungizone®) infusion and give it over 20-30 minutes. Observe the patient carefully for at least
further 30 minutes.
If 30 minutes after the administration of the test dose there is no severe allergic or
anaphylactic reaction the rest of the infusion can then be administered over 2 to 4
hours.(1)(2)(3)(5)
Slower infusion, over 6 hours may be necessary to reduce the incidence of acute infusion
related adverse effects.(1)
Concentrations of up to 500micrograms per 1mL (50mg in 100mL) have been given via a
central venous access device over 6 hours but are not recommended by the manufacturers.
However, the manufacturers are not aware of any specific adverse effects from administering
higher concentrations.(10)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR RECONSTITUTION:
Reconstitute vial with 10mL water for injections to produce a concentration of 5mg in 1mL.
Shake until colloidal solution is clear. Do not reconstitute with sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)
This preparation requires further dilution before administration.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible.(6)
The glucose 5% used must have a pH of 4.2 or higher to prevent precipitation. Add 1 or 2mL
of phosphate buffer to the glucose 5% infusion bag before the amphotericin, non-lipid
(Fungizone®) concentrate is added.(1)
Approximately 1mL of phosphate buffer should be used to adjust the pH of every 250mL of
glucose 5%.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Typical dose range is 250micrograms/kg to 1mg/kg.
Dose: 15mg
Concentration of infusion must not exceed 100micrograms per mL (0.1mg per mL).
This is the minimum volume, in practice the volume can be rounded up to the nearest bag size
i.e. 250mL.
So, to give a test dose of 1mg of the prepared amphotericin, non-lipid (Fungizone®) infusion
15mg in 250mL glucose 5%, administer 17mL of the infusion over 20-30 minutes. If no
anaphylactic reaction has occurred in the next 30 minutes, the rest of the infusion can be
administered over 2 to 4 hours.
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5%.(2)(5)
Incompatible with sodium chloride 0.9% (2)
Acute infusion reactions are common including fever (sometimes with shaking, chills),
headache, anorexia, weight loss, nausea and vomiting, malaise, muscle and joint pains,
dyspepsia, cramping epigastric pain, diarrhoea.(1)
Avoid rapid infusion which increases incidence and severity of side effects, such as
arrhythmias and hyperkalaemia.(1)
May cause phlebitis, thrombophlebitis and pain at injection site.(1)(5)
In patients who experience adverse reactions, the severity can be reduced by giving aspirin,
antihistamines or anti-emetics. Febrile reactions may be decreased by IV administration of
small doses of corticosteroids e.g. 25mg hydrocortisone, just prior to or during amphotericin
infusion. Administering the drug on alternate days may decrease anorexia and phlebitis.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation may cause chemical irritation(1) or tissue damage as amphotericin, non-lipid
(Fungizone®) solutions irritate the venous endothelium.(2) Administer via a central venous
access device if possible. If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
54mOsmo/kg in 10mL of water for injections.(10)
256mOsm/kg (0.1mg in 1mL in glucose 5%).(4)
pH:
Amphotericin, non-lipid (Fungizone®) 10mg in 100mL in glucose 5% has a pH of 5.7.(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store vials at 2-8oC.(1)
2. Under no circumstances should a total daily dose of 1.5mg/kg be exceeded.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, last revised 27 February 2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
in March 2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com in March 2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com in
March 2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Raymond G, Davis RL. Physical compatibility and chemical stability of Amphotericin in
combination with magnesium sulphate in 5% glucose. DICP Ann Pharmaco
1991;25(2):123-6
10. Drug company name: Bristol Myers Squibb Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Date contacted: April
2012
Version 6
Intravenous Anidulafungin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Anidulafungin ECALTA®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing anidulafungin 100mg white to off-white powder. (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
For infusion only.(1) Do not administer by a bolus injection.(3)
Administer the infusion at a rate that does not exceed 1.1mg/minute, (2) equivalent to
1.4mL/minute of solution reconstituted and diluted as described below.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible. (9)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Dose Number Total Infusion Total Infusion Rate of
of Reconstituted volume Infusion solution infusion
boxes volume volume concentration
1.4mL/minute. Minimum duration
100mg 1 30mL (1 box) 100mL 130mL 0.77mg/mL
of infusion: 90 minutes
1.4mL/minute. Minimum duration
200mg 2 60mL (2 boxes) 200mL 260mL 0.77mg/mL
of infusion: 180 minutes
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
In sodium chloride 0.9%: 251-252mOsmol/L
In glucose 5% 232-235mOsmol/L (9)
pH:
Reconstituted solution pH of 3.5 to 5.5 (1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Not licensed for children.
2. Patients with rare hereditary problems of fructose intolerance should not take this
medication.
3. Store the original product at room temperature.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Ecalta® infusion, last updated 12/01/2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" Edition 36, pg 527.2
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information"
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" Edition 15, pg 163
5. British National Formulary No. 59
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Pfizer Ltd
Date contacted: 10/07/08
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing artesunate 60mg powder for reconstitution with one ampoule (1mL) of 5%
sodium bicarbonate solution.(9)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection at a maximum rate of 3-4mL (30-40mg artesunate) per
minute.(2)(9)
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Artesunate has the potential to cause tissue injury if extravasation occurs, as the pH is less than
5(9) and it has an osmolarity greater than 500mOsmol/L.(9). If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.(10)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not give this medicine by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a
medicine additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both before and
after administering the injection.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1572mOsm/L (when reconstituted with 1mL of sodium bicarbonate)(9)
pH:
3.5 to 4.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Contraindicated if prior hypersensitivity to artesunate/ dihydroartemisinin (main
metabolite).(11)
2. Intravenous artesunate is indicated for severe malaria in patients/areas with evidence of
multidrug resistance (eg, quinine, mefloquine), and for patients with cerebral malaria. It is
effective for malaria caused by chloroquine resistant stain of plasmodium falciparum.(9)(11)
3. Store artesunate injection at room temperature, 15-30oC, protect from light.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com March 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com March 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com March 2010
5. British National Formulary No. 58
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Canton Pharmaceuticals, Inc & Guilin Pharmaceutical Co.Ltd, Guilin,
Guangxi, China
Date contacted: March 2010
10. www.extravasation.org.uk
11. MICROMEDEX 1.0 (Healthcare Series), February 05, 2010
12. Davis T, Hoang L et al: Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Intravenous Artesunate in
Severe Falciparum Malaria. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2001 January; 45(1):181-186
13. Batty KT, Illett KF et al: Chemical stability of artesunate injection and proposal for its administration
by intravenous infusion. J Pharm Pharmacol. 1996 Jan;48(1):22-6.
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing aztreonam 1g powder for reconstitution (1)
Vials containing aztreonam 2g powder for reconstitution (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)
IV infusion: Infusion at concentrations not exceeding 20mg in 1mL should be completed within
20 to 60 minutes.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
1g vial: add 9.1mL diluent to give 100mg in 1mL(9)
2g vial: add 7.8mL diluent to give 200mg in 1mL (9)
Depending on the type and amount of diluent, the colour may change from colourless to light
straw-yellow, which may develop a slight pink tint on standing; however this does not affect the
potency.(1)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available (9)
Incompatible: Metronidazole.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)
pH:
4.5 to 7.5 dependent on type and amount of diluent used.(1)(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Vials of aztreonam are not for multi-dose use.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Azactam®, ER Squibb & Sons Ltd, last revised
27/06/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/05/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/05/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition 2011 accessed via
http://online.staref.com on 30/05/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 53 March 2012 accessed via
Intravenous Benzylpenicillin sodium
Contains a PENICILLIN.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Benzylpenicillin sodium Crystapen®
(Penicillin G)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing 600mg (1mega unit) benzylpenicillin sodium powder for reconstitution.(1)
Vial containing 1.2g (2mega units) benzylpenicillin sodium powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection:
For doses less than 1.2g, administer slowly over 3-5minutes.(1)
For 1.2g and above, the maximum rate of administration in adults is 300mg per minute.(1)
For the 1.2g vial reconstitute with at least 8mL water for injections or sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)(9)
For central administration, 600mg can be reconstituted in 4mL water for injections.(1)
IV Infusion:
Reconstitute each 600mg vial and the 1.2g vial with 10mL water for injection,(1) and then dilute
the dose required as described below. (1) (5)(9)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
0.4mL per 600mg on reconstitution.(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (preferred), glucose 5%.(4)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Hypersensitivity-rash, anaphylaxis.(2) Administration faster than the recommended rate may
cause seizures and central nervous toxicity.(2) Large doses can cause hypokalaemia and
hypernatraemia.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
The maximum concentration recommended for peripheral administration is 600mg in 10mL;
higher concentrations are irritant due to high osmolality(11) and may cause tissue damage if
extravasation occurs. If a higher concentration is needed a central line should be used for
administration.(10) If extravasation occurs, refer to local treatment guidelines.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
795mOsm/Kg 600mg in 4mL water for injections(4)
337mOsm/L 600mg in 10mL water for injections(11)
645mOsm/L 600mg in 10mL sodium chloride 0.9%(11)
381mOsm/L 2.4g in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%(11)
357mOsm/L 2.4g in 100mL glucose 5%(11).
pH:
5-7.5(3)(4)(11) See link.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Crystapen®. Last revised July 2008
2. Martindale 4th Quarter 2010 update accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com. on
18/11/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 18/11/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 18/11/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 60 September 2010 accessed via www.bnf.org
6. Medicines For Children 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-2011 www.bnfc.org
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
Intravenous Bumetanide
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Bumetanide
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
2mg in 4mL ampoules (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV bolus: 1-2mg over 1-2 minutes.(1)(4)
IV infusion: 2-5mg over 30-60 minutes.(1)(5)
IV infusion: Local policy (unlicensed) is to dilute doses greater than 2mg in 50mL diluent and
administer:
3mg over at least 30 minutes
4mg over at least 45 minutes
5mg over at least 60 minutes.(10)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Low risk. Isotonic
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet in the administration set close to the
cannula insertion site):
Allopurinol, aztreonam, bivalirudin, cisatracurium, clarithromycin, diltiazem, doxapram, filgrastim,
granisetron, melphalan, milrinone, morphine, pethidine, piperacillin/tazobactam, propofol,
remifentanil.(4)
Compatible with the following diluents in addition to those listed above: Glucose 4% with
sodium chloride 0.18% intravenous infusion.(1)
Incompatible:
Dobutamine, midazolam (4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Isotonic (9)
pH:
6.8 - 7.3 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Discard infusion if cloudy.(1)
2. No evidence of precipitation observed over 72 hours when bumetanide 25mg was added
to 1 litre of suitable diluent.(1)
3. Chemically stable for 14 days at 5 to 25oC at up to 100mg/litre.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Bumetanide, last updated May 2006
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com december 2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com december 2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 14th Edition and electronic version
5. British National Formulary No. 62
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Leo Laboratories
Date contacted: 31/10/2011
10. South Devon Healthcare Trust IV monographs
Version 5
Intravenous Calcium folinate (Calcium leucovorin)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Calcium folinate (Calcium Calcium folinate (Hospira UK Ltd, Sandoz (Ebewe), Teva
leucovorin) UK), Refolinon® (Pfizer Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing folinic acid 6mg in 2mL, 15mg in 2mL, 30mg in 10mL, 30mg in 3mL,
50mg in 5mL and 100mg in 10mL (as calcium) solution for injection or infusion.(1a)(1b)(1d)
Vials containing folinic acid 3mg in 1mL, 10mg in 1mL, 50mg in 5mL, 100mg in 10mL,
200mg in 20mL, 300mg in 30mL, 350mg in 35mL, 500mg in 50mL and 800mg in 80mL (as
calcium) solution for injection or infusion.(1a-c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(10)
IV Infusion: Give over 15 minutes to 2 hours depending on the regime.
The rate of infusion should not exceed 160mg/minute.(1a-d)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% (10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolarity of Calcium folinate [Sandoz (Ebewe)], 10mg/mL, is 280mOsm/L and
osmolality is 277mOsm/kg.(9b)
The osmolality of Calcium folinate (Teva) 10mg/mL is between 280 and 290mOsm/kg.(9c)
The osmolality of Refolinon solution for injection, 3mg/mL, is between 174 and
202mOsm/kg.(9d)
pH:
pH 6.5 to 8.5 undiluted(9a-d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Keep vials and ampoules in outer container to protect from light.(1a-d)
2. Store original containers at 2-8oC.(1a-d)
3. Diluted solutions are stable for 24 hours at 2-8oC.(1a-d)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Calcium folinate (Hospira) last revised 02/06/2009
b) Calcium folinate [Sandoz (Ebewe)], last revised September 2005
c) Calcium folinate (Teva UK), last revised 01/07/2006
d) Refolinon® (Pfizer) last revised 01/07/2006
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 34th Edition - not used
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information - not used
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" - not used
5. British National Formulary No. 60, September 2010
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003 - not used
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 - not used
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011 - not used
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Hospira UK Ltd. Date contacted: 08/09/2010
b) Drug company name: Sandoz. Date contacted: 01/03/2011
c) Drug company name: Pfizer. Date contacted: 08/03/2010
d) Drug company name: Pfizer Ltd. Date contacted: 09/08/2010
10. UCL Hospitals Injectable Drug Administration Guide 2nd Edition 2007
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing calcium gluconate 10% (2.2mmol of calcium in 10ml) (1a)
Due to extreme osmolarity preferably administer calcium gluconate 10% via a central venous
access device.(13)
IV infusion: Calcium gluconate 10% injections may be administered in a large volume of sodium
chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(5) Doses of calcium gluconate 10% for intravenous infusion may
vary considerably in practice. For example: ADULT: Dilute 100ml (10 x 10ml ampoules) of
calcium gluconate 10% in 1 litre of glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% and give at an initial rate
of 50ml/hour adjusted according to response.(5)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a)(1b)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Calculated Osmolarity (mOsmol/L)(12)
10% (undiluted ampoule) - 726 mOsmol/L
10ml diluted into 100ml 0.9% sodium chloride - 346 mOsmol/L
pH:
6.0 to 7.0 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Calcium gluconate injection packed in small-volume glass containers is contraindicated
for use as repeated or prolonged treatment as well as intravenous infusions, in children
younger than 18 years and in patients with renal impairment. Aluminium can be leached
from glass after contact with calcium gluconate solution, this can lead to a risk of
exposure to aluminium. Accumulation of aluminium might have adverse effects on bone
mineralisation and neurological development in children and those with renal
impairment.(11)
2. Store at less then 25oC.(1a)(8)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Calcium gluconate 9.5%, hameln pharmaceuticals Ltd., last revised 23/07/2010
b) Calcium gluconate 10%, B Braun (Medical), last revised June 2005.
Intravenous Caspofungin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Caspofungin Cancidas®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing caspofungin 50mg powder (as acetate) (1)
Vials containing caspofungin 70mg powder (as acetate) (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion - Over one hour (1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
See 'Instructions for reconstitution' section of monograph above
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%. Do not use glucose 5%. (1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)
pH:
Reconstituted, undiluted drug - pH 6.6 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. There are different doses recommended for adults and paediatrics but the infusion
preparation and administration information is the same. (9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics last updated December 2008
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference"
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 13th Edition
5. British National Formulary no. 56
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2007
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Merck Sharp & Dohme
Date contacted: 5th December 2008
Version 3
Intravenous Cefotaxime
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the
correct information for the brand used in your organisation.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Cefotaxime Generic (Genus Pharmaceuticals)
Generic (Wockhardt UK Ltd)
Generic (Bowmed - ACS Dobfar Generics)
Generic (Lupin (Europe )Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing cefotaxime 500mg (as sodium salt).(1a-d)
Vials containing cefotaxime 1g (as sodium salt).(1a-d)
Vials containing cefotaxime 2g (as sodium salt).(1a-b)(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1a-d)(4)(10)(11)
IV infusion: Administer over 20-60 minutes. (1a-d)(4)(10)(11)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
500mg displaces 0.2mL - approximate (9a-c)
1g displaces 0.5mL - approximate (9a-b)
1g displaces 0.4mL - approximate (9c)
2g displaces 1.2mL - approximate (9a-b)(9d)
Please ensure that you refer to the correct information for the brand used in your
organisation as there is variability between different brands.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Cefotaxime 1g in 40-100mL sodium chloride 0.9% administered over 20-60 minutes.
Cefotaxime 2g in 40-100mL sodium chloride 0.9% administered over 20-60 minutes.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%(10)(11)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
1. Transient pain at the site of injection. This is more likely to occur with higher doses
.(1a-d)
2. Occasionally phlebitis. (1a-d)
3. Arrhythmias following rapid bolus infusion through a central venous access device.
(1a-d)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information (9a-d)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information (9a)(9c)
pH:
pH of reconstituted solutions is 5 to 7.5 (4)(10)(11)(12)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Cefotaxime injection, Genus Pharmaceuticals. Date of partial revision of text 23
July 2008
b) Cefotaxime injection, Wockhardt UK Ltd. Date of first authorisation 13 October
2007 (2g), 16 October 2007 (500mg & 1g)
c) Cefotaxime sodium injection (Bowmed (ACS Dobfar Generics)). Date of revision
of text 20 October 2009
d) Cefotaxime sodium, Lupin (Europe) Ltd. Date of renewal of authorisation 16
February 2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition p269
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information Accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 14 March 2008
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition p287
5. British National Formulary No. 59 March 2010, pg 328
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 p100
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 p322
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
Intravenous Ceftazidime
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the
correct information for the brand used in your organisation.
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Ceftazidime Fortum®
Kefadim®
Ceftazidime - generics (Wockhardt, Sandoz, Stragen, Villerton Invest
SA (supplier, Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd), Fresenius Kabi)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing:
ceftazidime 500mg (as penthahydrate) powder for reconstitution
ceftazidime 1g (as pentahydrate) powder for reconstitution
ceftazidime 2g (as pentahydrate) powder for reconstitution
ceftazidime 3g (as pentahydrate) powder for reconstitution.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
After reconstitution (see table in 'Instructions for Reconstitution' section of monograph
below) ceftazidime may be given as follows:(1a-g)
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection e.g. over 3-5 minutes.
IV infusion: Give over 20 to 30 minutes.
1. Insert the syringe needle through the vial closure and inject the recommended
volume of diluent. Remove the syringe needle.
2. Shake to dissolve: carbon dioxide is released and a clear solution will be obtained
in about 1 to 2 minutes.
3. Invert the vial. With the syringe plunger fully depressed, insert the needle through
the vial closure and withdraw the total volume of solution into the syringe (the
pressure in the vial may aid withdrawal). Ensure that the needle remains within the
solution and does not enter the head space. The withdrawn solution may contain
small bubbles of carbon dioxide; these should be expelled before injection.
Solutions range from light yellow to amber depending on concentration, diluent and
storage conditions used. Within the stated recommendations, product potency is not
adversely affected by such colour variations.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Brand/ Vial Route Volume of Approximate Diluent Approximate
Manufacturer size diluent to Concentration Displacement
add (mg/mL) Value
Fortum 500mg IV injection 5mL 90 Water for injections 0.43mL
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (4)
EXTRAVASATION:
No specific recommendation issued by the manufacturer.(9) If extravasation occurs refer to
local extravasation policy.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
50mg/mL in glucose 5% = 321mOsm/kg.(4)
50mg/mL in sodium chloride 0.9% = 330mOsm/kg.(4)
pH:
Between 5 and 8 (4)(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Kefadim (Flyn Pharma), last revised 01/06/2005
b) Ceftazidime 1g and 2g for injection (Wockhardt), last revised July 2011
c) Fortum for injection, GlaxoSmithKline, last revised September 2012
d) Ceftazidime for injection (Sandoz Ltd), last revised 9/4/2011
e) Ceftazidime 3g powder for solution for infusion (Stragen UK Ltd), last revised
28/02/2008
f) Ceftazidime 500mg, 1g and 2g powder for solution for injection, (MAH: Villerton
Invest SA, distributed by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd) last revised 31/10/2011
g) Ceftazidime 500mg, 1g and 2g powder for solution for injection, Fresenius Kabi,
last revised 06/04/2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com 21/01/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com 21/01/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 09/10/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 64 September 2012 page 354
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 page 273
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer GlaxoSmithKline UK
9. a) Drug company name: Flynn Pharma. Date contacted: 20/01/2011
b) Drug company name: Glaxo Laboratories. Date contacted: 21/01/2011
c) Drug company name: Wockhardt. Date contacted: 20/01/2011
d) Drug company name: Stragen UK Ltd. Date contacted: 21/01/2011
f) Drug company name: Bowmed (ACS Dobfar). Date contacted: 05/01/2011
g) Drug company name: Sandoz UK Ltd. Date contacted: 20/01/2011
h) Drug company name: Fresenius Kabi. Date contacted: 14/01/2011
10. Injectable Drugs Guide. Gray A, Goddey V, Wright J, Bruce L. 2011
11. UCL Hospitals Injectable Medicines Administration Guide. 2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing ceftriaxone (as sodium salt) powder for reconstitution.
Roche/Villerton (Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd): 250mg, 1g and 2g vials
Lupin: 250mg vials
Wockhardt/Stravencon: 1g and 2g vials
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Adults and children 50kg and over
IV Injection: Give doses of 250mg to 1g by slow IV injection over 2 to 4 minutes.(5)
IV infusion: Give doses higher than 1g to less than 4g doses over at least 30
minutes.(1a)(1d)(5)
To give a 4g or higher dose, administer each 2g infusion over at least 30 minutes.(1a-e)
Neonates:
Do not administer by IV injection.
IV infusion: Give all doses over 60 minutes to reduce the displacement of bilirubin from
albumin.(1a-d)(6a)
It has been identified from practice that Stravencon 2g vials are smaller than those
provided by other manufacturers and cannot hold the 40mL. The manufacturer,
therefore, recommends adding 15mL of sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% to the vial,
drawing the vial contents into a 50mL syringe and then diluting to a final volume of
40mL.(9c) Alternatively: If a syringe pump is unavailable, reconstitute a 2g vial with 15mL
diluent; draw up into a syringe and add to either 50mL or 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% or
glucose 5%.
The manufacturers are working to resolve this issue. This monograph will be updated
accordingly at that point.
For 4g doses: For all manufacturers except Stravencon, two 2g vials are reconstituted,
each one with 40mL diluent and each one is administered over 30 minutes, back to back.
[Note: the hangers provided with each vial are attached to each 2g vial and the ceftriaxone
administered directly from the vial.]
For Stravencon brand, to deliver 4g dose reconstitute 2 x 2g vials with 15mL of sodium
chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% each; draw up into a syringe and add to 100mL sodium
chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
Variations in the intensity of colour of freshly prepared solutions do not indicate a change
in potency or safety. Do not use if particles are present.(1a)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Roche:(9d) 0.2mL per 250mg vial; 0.7mL per 1g vial; 1.4mL per 2g vial.
Wockhardt:(1b) 0.5mL per 1g vial; 1mL per 2g vial.
Lupin:(9a) 0.2mL per 250mg vial.
Stravencon:(9c) 0.6mL per 1g vial; 1.3mL per 2g vial.
Villerton (Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd):(9e) 0.1mL per 250mg vial, 0.6mL per 1g vial, 1.2mL per
2g vial.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% (9a)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
At a concentration of 50mg/mL in glucose 5% = 351mOsm/kg.(4)
At a concentration of 50mg/mL in sodium chloride 0.9% = 364mOsm/kg.(4)
pH:
6.7 (range 6 to 8).(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not administer to a patient with previous immediate and/or severe
hypersensitivity reaction to a penicillin or to any other beta-lactam medicine.(1a-e)
2. Antibiotic associated diarrhoea, colitis and pseudomembranous colitis have been
reported with the use of ceftriaxone. These diagnoses should be considered in any
patient who develops diarrhoea during or shortly after treatment. Discontinue if
severe and/or bloody diarrhoea occurs during treatment.(1a-e)
3. The dose will need to be reduced in severe renal impairment.(1a-e)(11)
4. The MHRA(10) advise that ceftriaxone should not be given simultaneously with
calcium-containing solutions (other than total parenteral nutrition solutions) for
intravenous administration because of a risk of calcium precipitation. Ceftriaxone is
contraindicated in full-term newborns up to age 28 days who need intravenous
treatment with calcium-containing solutions because of the risk of precipitation of
calcium-ceftriaxone salts. However calcium and ceftriaxone may be infused
sequentially in patients aged 28 days or older provided that either a) the infusion
line is flushed between solutions, or b) the infusions are given via different infusion
lines at different sites. In patients requiring continuous nutrition with calcium-
containing TPN solutions, clinicians may wish to consider using alternative antibiotic
treatment which does not carry a similar risk of precipitation. If there is no
alternative, then administration can simultaneously be given via different infusion
lines at different sites.
5. 12/06/2012 Ranbaxy product is no longer available.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Roche, last updated 07/07/2010
b) Wockhardt UK Ltd, last updated 02/12/2010
Intravenous Cefuroxime
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Cefuroxime Zinacef®
Cefuroxime (Stravencon, Flynn Pharma, Villerton Invest SA)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing:
Cefuroxime 250mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a)(1c-d)
Cefuroxime 750mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a-b)(1d)
Cefuroxime 1.5g (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a-b)(1d)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
250mg vial: 0.1-0.2mL.(1c-d)(9a)
750mg vial: 0.5-0.6mL.(1d)(9a-b)
1.5g vial: 1.0-1.2mL.(1d)(9a-b)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a-d)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
671-686mOsm/kg (in 1.5g in 15mL sodium chloride 0.9%).(9c)
315mOsm/kg (in 30mg in 1mL glucose 5%).(3)(4)
pH:
pH 5.5 to 8.5 in water for injections.(9c)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect from vials from light and do not store above 25oC.(1a)(1b)(1d)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Zinacef®. GlaxoSmithKline. Last revised 27/01/2012
b) Cefuroxime sodium injection. Flynn Pharma Ltd. Last revised January 2009
c) Cefuroxime sodium injection. Villerton Invest SA distributed by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd.
Last revised 31/10/2011
d) Cefuroxime sodium injection. Stravencon Ltd. Last revised 05/03/2012
2. Martindale accessed via MedicinesComplete on 25/10/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
MedicinesComplete on 25/10/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 17th Edition 2012, pg 247-252
5. British National Formulary No. 66 September 2013-March 2014, pg 364-365 and 1010
6. British National Formulary for Children July 2013-2014 pg 273
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
Intravenous Chloramphenicol
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Chloramphenicol Kemicetine®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing chloramphenicol 1g (as sodium succinate) powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Given by IV injection over at least one minute.(1) It should be given at a
concentration of 10% (100mg per mL) or less.(1)
IV infusion: Administer over 15-30 minutes.(10) Infusion may be administered via drip
tubing.(5)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
0.8mL per 1g vial (1)
FLUSHING:
IV injection: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
100mg in 1mL water for injections has an osmolality of 533mOsm/kg.(4)
pH:
1g in 10mL water for injections has a pH of 6.4 (12)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Kemicetine, last reviewed March 2009
2. Martindale 36th Edition accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
03/01/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 03/01/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition, pg 331
5. British National Formulary No. 62 September 2011, pg 363 and 957
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2nd Edition
2003, pg113-114
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 284
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by Sigma-Aldrige, last revised 13/03/2010
9. Drug company name: Pfizer
Date contacted: 07/02/2012
10. Merck Drug Information provided by Lexi-Comp. Last reviewed May 2011.
Accessed on 17/02/2012 via
http://www.merck.com/mmpe/lexicomp/chloramphenicol.html.
11. Intravenous Medications: 28th Edition 2012; B Gahart, A Nazareno
12. QA Department Charing Cross Hospital. Date contacted: 05/01/2012
Version 6
Intravenous Chlorphenamine maleate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Chlorphenamine maleate Generic (Archimedes Pharma)
(Chlorpheniramine maleate)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing chlorphenamine maleate 10mg in 1mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: give slowly over at least one minute.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available (9)
pH:
4.0 to 5.2.(2)(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
During storage protect from light.(1)(4)
Intravenous Ciprofloxacin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ciprofloxacin Ciproxin® (Bayer)
Ciprofloxacin (Hospira, Fannin, Claris, Fresenius Kabi)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Bayer; Fannin; Claris:
Vials, bottles or bags containing ciprofloxacin 2mg in 1mL (as lactate) solution for infusion in
the following presentations in sodium chloride 0.9%:
100mg in 50mL
200mg in 100mL
400mg in 200mL
Hospira; Mylan
Infusion bags containing ciprofloxacin 2mg in 1mL (as lactate) solution for infusion in the
following presentations in glucose 5%:
100mg in 50mL
200mg in 100mL
400mg in 200mL
Fresenius Kabi
Infusion bags containing ciprofloxacin 2mg in 1mL (as hydrogen sulphate) solution for infusion
in the following presentations in sodium chloride 0.9%
100mg in 50mL
200mg in 100mL
400mg in 200mL
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion (adults) Give at a rate of not more than 200mg in 30 minutes using an infusion
pump.(1a-f)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(14) If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit
analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. If given peripherally, the insertion site
must be monitored closely for phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(14)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Bayer; Fannin
276 - 318mOsmol/kg (in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%).(1a)(1e)
Fresenius Kabi; Claris
300 - 316mOsmol/L (in sodium chloride 0.9%).(1b)(1d)
pH:
pH 3.5 to 4.9 (1a-f)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Contains lactic acid 20% w/v.(1)
2. Patients should avoid prolonged exposure to strong sunlight or UV radiation
during treatment.(1)
3. Keep vials/bottles/infusion bag in their carton/over pouch until ready to use in order to
protect from light.(1)
4. Do not refrigerate.(1) At cool temperatures precipitation may occur which will redissolve
at room temperature (15-25oC). Do not use if crystals are present.(1)
Intravenous Clarithromycin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Clarithromycin Klaricid IV®
Generic (Ibigen Srl; Mercury; Teva UK; Martindale; Strides (agila))
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass vial containing 500mg Powder for Solution for Injection (1a-f)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Klaricid® (Abbott): 0.4mL - Each 500mg vial contains 520mg. Final solution is equivalent to
500mg in 10mL.(9a)
Clarithromycin (Ibigen Srl, Martindale) - 0.75mL - Each 500mg vial made up with 10mL water for
injections, final volume = 10.75mL.(9b)(9d)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Use within 6 hours once diluted in 250mL of appropriate diluent
(1)(4)
FLUSHING:
Flush with 5% glucose or 0.9% sodium chloride.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information (9a-d)
pH:
pH 4.5 to 6.0 (9a)(9c-d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. IV route not licensed for children.(6a)
2. Excipients: vial contains lactobionic acid and sodium hydroxide EP.(1a-f)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Klaricid IV (package insert), Abbott Laboratories, last revised February 2013
b) Clarithromycin, MAH: Ibigen Srl and Distributor: Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd . Last revised
04/04/2011
c) Clarithromycin. Teva UK Ltd. Date last revised 17/06/2011
d) Clarithromycin, Martindale Pharmaceuticals. Date last revised 05/03/2010
e) Amdipharm Mercury company ltd (Mercury product), last revised 17/12/2012
f) Co-Pharma Ltd (Strides (Agila) product), last revised 12/03/2012(
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 15/08/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 16th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/ on 13/07/2012
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health August
2003 pg 133
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. MSDS report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Abbott Laboratories. Date contacted: 15/07/2012
b) Drug company name: Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd (supplies Ibigen Srl product). Date contacted:
15/7/2012
c) Drug company name: Teva UK Ltd. Date contacted: 15/7/2012
d) Drug company name: Martindale Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 15/7/2012
10. www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk accessed 15/08/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 300mg in 2mL (as phosphate). Concentrate for dilution.(1a-c)
Ampoules containing 600mg in 4mL (as phosphate). Concentrate for dilution.(1a-c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Do not administer by IV injection.(1a)(3)(4)
IV infusion: Administer each 300mg over at least 10 minutes.(1a-c)
Infusion rates should not exceed 30mg per minute.(1a-c)
Administration of more than 1.2g in a single 1 hour infusion is not recommended.(1a-c)
FLUSHING:
IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a-c)
Rare cases of cardiopulmonary arrest and hypotension following too rapid intravenous
administration.(1a-c)
N.B. Generics do not contain benzyl alcohol as an excipient.
Do not give this medicine by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a
medicine additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both
before and after administering the IV injection.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
600mg in 50mL glucose 5% has an osmolality of 293mOsm/kg.(10)
pH:
600mg in 5mL glucose 5% has a pH of 6.4.(11)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC.(1a-c) Do not refrigerate or freeze.(1a-c)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Dalacin C Phosphate, last revised May 2010
b) Clindamycin 150mg/mL solution for injection, MAH: Villerton Invest SA distributed
by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd. Last revised 31/10/2011
c) Clindamycin 150mg/mL solution for injection, Focus Pharmaceuticals. Last
revised September 2011
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/12/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/12/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition 2010 pg 395-406
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011 pg 362-363 and 957
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 283-284
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by Pfizer, last revised 15/12/2006
9. a) Drug company name: Pfizer (Pharmacia Ltd). Date contacted: 20/07/2010
b) Drug company name: Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd. Date contacted: 20/12/2011
c) Drug company name: Focus Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 20/12/2011
10. AccessAbility Programme, accessed via www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk accessed
on 20/12/2011
Intravenous Clonazepam
October 2013: Clonazepam 1mg/1mL discontinued
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Clonazepam Rivotril®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoule containing clonazepam 1mg in 1mL. Plus 1mL ampoule containing water for injections
as a diluent.(1)
Intravenous infusion: Ideally should be infused over no longer than 2 hours.(1) Adjust the rate of
infusion to patient's response.(1) Administer using an infusion pump.
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(11) If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit
analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. If given peripherally the insertion site
should be monitored closely for phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(11)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
Other compatible infusion fluids: Glucose 10% or sodium chloride 0.45% and glucose 2.5%
injection.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information (9)
pH:
pH - 3.4 to 4.3 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Infusion dilution should be freshly prepared and used immediately if prepared in a glass
container. If prepared in a PVC infusion bag the infusion should be completed within 2
hours.(1)
2. The rate of administration must not exceed 0.5mg per minute. This will greatly diminish the
rare possibility of hypotension or apnoea occurring.(1)
3. Storage - Protect from light and below 30oC.(1)
4. Excipients in active substance ampoule: ethanol absolute, glacial acetic acid, benzyl
alcohol, propylene glycol, nitrogen pure.(1)
5. Facilities for resuscitation should always be available.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Ritrovil® ampoules. Roche Product Ltd. Date of
revision of text January 2013
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 07/06/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2010 accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 07/06/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 07/06/2013
5. British National Formulary No. 64 March 2013 pg 299 and 675
Intravenous Co-amoxiclav
Contains a PENICILLIN.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Co-amoxiclav Augmentin®
Generic (Ibigen Srl, Pliva, Wockhardt)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Augmentin®
Vials containing co-amoxiclav 600mg powder for reconstitution.
Vials containing co-amoxiclav 1.2g powder for reconstitution.(1a)
Generic co-amoxiclav preparations
Vials containing co-amoxiclav 500mg/100mg powder for reconstitution.
Vials containing co-amoxiclav 1000mg/200mg powder for reconstitution.(1b-d)
Note: Augmentin® and generic products are of equivalent strength, but the strength is
expressed differently.
Augmentin® 600mg = co-amoxiclav 500mg/100mg. Each vial contains 500mg amoxicillin (as
amoxicillin sodium) and 100mg clavulanic acid (as potassium clavulanate).
Augmentin® 1.2g = co-amoxiclav 1000mg/200mg. Each vial contains 1000mg amoxicillin (as
amoxicillin sodium) and 200mg clavulanic acid (as potassium clavulanate).
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Augmentin®, Pliva and Wockhardt generic products: 600mg (500/100mg) = 0.5mL. 1.2g
(1000/200mg) = 0.9mL.(1a, 1c-d)
Ibigen srl product: 500/100mg = 0.4mL. 1000/200mg = 0.7mL.(1b)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Contraindicated in penicillin hypersensitivity. Always check for previous hypersensitivity
reactions to penicillins, cephalosporins and other allergens before starting therapy.(1)
Hypersensitivity reactions. Thrombophlebitis at the site of injection.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Ibigen Srl: Osmolarity of co-amoxiclav 10% solution is 512mOsmol/L.(9b) No other information
available.
pH:
Reconstituted solution pH 8 to 10.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. NOT SUITABLE FOR IM ADMINISTRATION.
2. Do not store above 25oC.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Augmentin® last revised 21/05/2013
b) Co-amoxiclav (Ibigen srl (supplier Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd, last revised 26/06/2012
c) Co-amoxiclav (Teva, PLIVA), last revised 07/04/2011
d) Co-amoxiclav (Wockhardt UK) last revised 20/04/2012
Intravenous Colistin (colistimethate sodium)
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the correct
information for the brand used in your area.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Colistin Colomycin®
(colistin sulphomethate sodium, colistimethate sodium) Promixin®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Colomycin® and Promixin®: Each vial contains 1,000,000 (1million) international units
colistimethate sodium as powder for solution for injection.(1a)(1b)
Colomycin®: Each vial contains 2,000,000 (2million) international units colistimethate sodium as
powder for solution for injection.(1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Patients fitted with a totally implantable venous access device may tolerate a bolus
injection given over a minimum of 5 minutes.(1a)(1b)
IV infusion: Dilute dose further in a suitable volume and administer over 30 minutes.(1a)(1b)(5)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Colomycin®: negligible (9a)
Promixin®: no information available (9b)
For IV infusion: For adults dilute to 50mL.(1a)1b)(5) For children dilute to a final concentration of
40,000units/mL.(6a)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% (1a)(1b)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Hypersensitivity reactions, including rash (5) and injection site reactions (1a)(1b) (5)
Plasma level monitoring is recommended for patients with cystic fibrosis (CF) or renal
impairment.(1a)(1b)(2)(5) However in practice serum levels are not routinely taken in CF patients.
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available
Other compatible diluents: include Ringer's solution,(1b) glucose 5% and sodium chloride 0.45%,
glucose 5% and sodium chloride 0.9%, compound sodium lactate.(3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available.(9a)(9b)
pH:
pH 6.5 TO 8.5 (8a)(8b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Concomitant use of colistimethate sodium with other medicinal products of neurotoxic
and/or nephrotoxic potential should be avoided.(1a)(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. a) Summary of Product Characteristics, Colomycin injection, Forest Laboratories UK Ltd.
eMC last updated December 2009
b) Summary of Product Characteristics, Promixin 1MIU powder for solution for injection,
Profile Pharma Ltd. eMC last updated 13th March 2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com on 13th January 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" accessed via
http://medicinescomplete.com on 13th January 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com on
13th January 2010
5. British National Formulary No. 58 September 2009 accessed via www.bnf.org.uk on 15th
Intravenous Iron dextran (Cosmofer)
The MHRA issued updated advice (see 'Method of Administration' below) on administration and
monitoring of intravenous iron preparations dated August 2013 which is included in this monograph
but may not be reflected in the package insert.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Iron dextran Cosmofer® (Vitaline Pharmaceuticals UK Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 100mg iron (as dextran) in 2mL.
Ampoules containing 250mg iron (as dextran) in 5mL.
Ampoules containing 500mg iron (as dextran) in 10mL.
Each mL contains 50mg iron (as dextran).
IV infusion, via an infusion pump (preferred method): on each occasion infuse 25mg as a test
dose.(1) Withdraw a volume containing the test dose (25mg) from the prepared iron dextran
(Cosmofer®) infusion and administer over 15 minutes via a syringe pump. Observe the patient for
60 minutes. If no adverse reactions occur administer the remaining portion of the infusion at a rate
of not more than 100mL in 30 minutes.
For subsequent doses, the first 25mg should be infused over a period of 15 minutes. If no adverse
reactions occur during this time the remaining portion can be infused at an infusion rate of not
more than 100mL in 30 minutes.(1)
Total dose IV infusion, (hospital use only because of an increased incidence of adverse
reactions): initially infuse 25mg as a test dose. Withdraw a volume containing the test dose (25mg)
from the prepared iron dextran (Cosmofer®) infusion and administer over 15 minutes via a syringe
pump. Observe the patient. If no adverse reactions occur restart and complete the remainder of the
infusion at a rate not exceeding 5mg per kg per hour. Observe the patient during the infusion and
for at least one hour after completion of the infusion.(1)
IM injection is the preferred route for patients with asthma, allergic disorders and inflammatory
disorders.(1)
New advice from the MHRA: Recommendations to manage and minimise risk of serious
hypersenstivity reactions. Issued August 2013. See link below
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT (adult):
For IV infusion dilute 100-200mg iron dextran in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% to
give a final concentration of 1-2mg iron dextran per mL.(1)
For IV injection dilute 100-200mg iron dextran in 10-20mL sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% to
give a final concentration of 10-20mg iron dextran per mL.(1).
For total dose infusion add required dose, immediately before administration, to 500mL sodium
chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)(2)
The reconstituted solution for infusion and injection is to be visually inspected prior to use. Only
clear solutions without particles should be used.(1)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% and glucose 5%.(1)(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information (10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Iron dextran - 290.8 - 423mOsm/. See link.
pH:
5.2 - 6.5(2)(3)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
Store ampoules of iron dextran at 15-30oC.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Cosmofer 50mg/mL solution for infusion and injection;
last updated September 2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 17 March 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 17 March 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 17 March 2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59, March 2010 pg 557
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. Material Safety Data Sheet compiled by Pharmacosmos A/S
9. Drug company name: Vitaline Pharma UK Ltd - Contacted: January 2010
10. www.extravasation.org.uk accessed on 17 March 2010
Version 2.1
Intravenous Co-trimoxazole
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Co-trimoxazole Septrin® for Infusion (Laborotories Genopharm)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 480mg (80mg trimethoprim plus 400mg sulfamethoxazole) in 5mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: After diluting appropriately, administer the required dose over 60-90 minutes
using an infusion pump.(1)(2)(4)(5) Administration via a central venous access device is the
preferred route of administration. If this is not possible a large peripheral vein should be
used.
Must not be given by rapid IV injection.(1)(4)
High dose co-trimoxazole has been given undiluted through a central line (mainly in critical
care setting). Each dose is given over 1.5 to 2 hours.(12) This is not recommended by the
manufacturer.
After adding co-trimoxazole to the infusion solution, shake thoroughly to ensure complete
mixing. If visible turbidity or crystallisation appears at anytime before or during an infusion,
the mixture should be discarded.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1) or glucose 5% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
May cause tissue damage leading to thrombophlebitis at site of infusion and localised pain
and irritation during infusion. (10)
Due to a high pH and high osmolarity of co-trimoxazole solution a central line is a preferred
route of administration. If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
833mOsm/kg (in 9.6mg/mL in 0.9% sodium chloride) (4)
798mOsm/kg (in 9.6mg/mL in glucose 5%) (4)
541mOsm/kg (in 4.8mg/mL in glucose 5%)(10)
pH:
pH approximately 9.5 to 10.5.(3)(4)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. More stable in glucose 5% than sodium chloride 0.9%. (3)(4)
2. Infusions should be prepared immediately before use (1) and not refrigerated.(3)
3. This medicinal product contains 13.2 vol% ethanol (alcohol), i.e. up to 521 mg per
dose. This is equivalent to 2.64 ml of beer, or 1.1 ml of wine. Harmful for those
suffering from alcoholism. To be taken into account in pregnant or breast-feeding
women, children and high-risk groups such as patients with liver disease, or
epilepsy.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Septrin for infusion, last updated 31 July 2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference", accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2009, accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs", accessed via
Intravenous Cyclizine
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Cyclizine Valoid® (Amdipharm), Cyclizine (Martindale Pharma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing cyclizine lactate 50mg in 1mL (not cyclizine base).(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Intravenous injection: Give slowly over at least 3-5 minutes.(1) (See 'Dilution and
Diluents' section).
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous
irritation as the preparation has a low pH.(13) If given peripherally the insertion site should
be monitored for chemical phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool (in
line with all medicines administered peripherally).(13)
Cyclizine can be further diluted with 5 to 10mL of sodium chloride 0.9% (unlicensed)(11)(12) -
see 'other comments' section below - or glucose 5%.(1)(4)(11)
Immediately after dilution, and again just before injection, check the solution for signs of
precipitation. Discard if there is any cloudiness or haze formation.(11) Cyclizine should be
administered as soon as possible after dilution.
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(11)(12)
Refer to SPC (see manufacturers section below) for a full list of adverse reactions.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to its low pH. Precaution should be
taken to avoid extravasation.(1)(11)
pH:
pH 3.3 to 3.7 (undiluted).(2)(4)(11)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. It is known that cyclizine injection will crystallise if diluted with sodium chloride
0.9%. However, an investigation to check the physical compatibility of cyclizine
when diluted with 5-10mL of sodium chloride 0.9% revealed that there is unlikely to
be any problems if used immediately (within 30 minutes). The prepared dilution
should still be checked for any crystallisation before administration. See 'links'
below
2. Store below 25oC. Protect from light.(1)
3. A slight yellow tint may develop during storage at room temperature, but this colour
change does not indicate a loss of potency.(4)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Valoid 50mg/mL cyclizine lactate, AmdiPharm Ltd, last updated April 2010
b) Cyclizine lactate 50mg/mL injection, Martindale Pharma, last updated October
2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/11/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/11/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition pg447-450
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011, accessed via www.bnf.org
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediataric & Child Health
2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 - no relevant information
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a) Drug Company name: Martindale Pharma. Date contacted 19/10/2010
b) Drug Company name: Amdipharm plc. Date contacted: 03/11/2011
Intravenous Daptomycin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Daptomycin Cubicin®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing daptomycin 350mg powder for reconstitution.(1)
Vials containing daptomycin 500mg powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Infuse over 30 minutes.(1)
IV injection: Administer slowly over a minimum of 2 minutes.(1)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous
irritation as the preparation has a low pH.(11) If a central venous access device is
unavailable a risk benefit analysis should be made on individual patient basis.
Inject the diluent slowly down the side of the vial. Rotate the vial to completely wet the
powder and allow to stand for 10 minutes. Gently swirl the vial for a few minutes. Do not
shake as this will cause foaming of the product. The solution is clear pale yellow to light
brown. (1)
See Cubicin Poster June 09
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible.(10)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Reconstituted with sodium chloride 0.9% (50mg/mL) = 364mOsmol/Kg.(10)
pH:
4 to 5.(10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store vial in a refrigerator at 2-8oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Cubicin®, 6 February 2006. Updated
21/01/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 34th Edition
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2007"
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs 14th Edition"
5. British National Formulary No 57
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children 2003"
a) British National Formulary for Children 2008
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Novartis. Date contacted: 23/11/2007
10. Drug company name: Novartis. Date contacted: May 2010
11. Royal College of Nursing Standards for Infusion Therapy 3rd Edition Jan 2010.
Version 3
Intravenous Dexamethasone
There are several preparations of intravenous dexamethasone available in different
concentrations. Check carefully that the preparation administered provides the
prescribed dose
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Dexamethasone Dexamethasone (hameln, Hospira, MSD)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Hameln preparations
Ampoules containing dexamethasone 3.3mg in 1mL (as sodium phosphate)(1e)
Ampoules containing dexamethasone 6.6mg in 2mL (as sodium phosphate)(1e)
Hospira preparations
Ampoules containing dexamethasone 3.3mg in 1mL (as sodium phosphate)(1a)
Vials containing dexamethasone 6.6mg in 2mL (as sodium phosphate)(1b)
MSD preparations
Ampoules containing dexamethasone 4mg in 1mL (as sodium phosphate)(1c)
Vials containing dexamethasone 8mg in 2mL (as sodium phosphate)(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Please note: When dexamethasone is prescribed, it means dexamethasone base,(11)
therefore:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1a-c)(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)(10)(12)
pH:
pH 7.5-8.5.(2)(4)(9)(10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. In practice, if dexamethasone 4mg is prescribed and the salt is not stated,
dexamethasone 4mg in 1mL (MSD preparation) or 4mg in 1.2mL (Hospira or
Hameln preparations) is prepared and administered. (11)
2. Store below 25oC and protect from light. Do not freeze.(1a-1e)
3. Oct 2012 - The SPC has been revised since this monograph was last updated (see
link below).
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Dexamethasone 3.3 mg/mL (1mL ampoules) Solution for Injection (Hospira UK
Ltd), last revised Dec 2009.
b) Dexamethasone 3.3 mg/mL (2mL vials) Solution for Injection (Hospira UK Ltd),
last revised April 2010.
c) Dexamethasone 4mg/mL Injection (MSD Ltd), last revised Jan 2011
d) Dexamethasone 8mg/mL Injection (MSD Laboratories Ltd), last revised Jan 2011
e) Dexamethasone 3.32mg/mL (1mL and 2mL ampoules) Solution for Injection
(Hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd), last revised April 2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
Intravenous Diamorphine hydrochloride
High strength diamorphine (30mg, 100mg and 500mg) ampoules are reserved for
patients already receiving diamorphine infusions and who require large daily doses.
They are not suitable for the treatment of acute pain.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Diamorphine hydrochloride Non-proprietary available from:
Teva UK
Auralis Ltd
Wockhardt UK Ltd
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing powder for reconstitution of diamorphine hydrochloride 5mg, 10mg, 30mg,
100mg and 500mg.(1a-o)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Slow IV injection:
Myocardial Infarction; at a maximum rate of 1-2mg/minute(5)
Acute Pulmonary Oedema; at a rate of 1mg/minute(5)
Use low strength diamorphine ampoules only, e.g. diamorphine 5mg, to reduce the risk of
overdose.
N.B The patient may not require the contents of the whole ampoule selected for use.
Check the dose is appropriate for the patient before administration.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%.
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Respiratory depression, sedation, postural hypotension and palpitations. Other common
adverse effects include: nausea, vomiting, sweating, dizziness and confusion(1a-o)
Monitor blood pressure, heart and respiratory rate and have naloxone and resuscitation
equipment available.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
5mg per mL in glucose 5% = 303mOsmol/L.(10)
pH:
3.8 to 4.4(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Diamorphine infusion is more stable in glucose 5% than sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)(4)
2. Containers should be inspected for crystallisation prior to use, particularly when
drug admixtures are to be administered.
3. NPSA Rapid Response Report: Reducing Dosing Errors with Opioid Medicines - 4
July 2008 can be accessed via 'links' section below
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Diamorphine 5mg in 2mL, Teva UK last revised 27/10/2010 accessed via
www.tevauk.com
b) Diamorphine 10mg in 2mL, Teva UK last revised 27/10/2010
c) Diamorphine 30mg in 2mL, Teva UK last revised 03/12/2010
d) Diamorphine 100mg in 5mL, Teva UK last revised 03/12/2010
e) Diamorphine 500mg in 5mL, Teva UK last revised 01/12/2101
f) Diamorphine 5mg, Auralis Ltd last revised 15/02/2010
g) Diamorphine 10mg, Auralis Ltd last revised 15/02/2010
h) Diamorphine 30mg, Auralis Ltd last revised 15/02/2010
i) Diamorphine 100mg, Auralis Ltd last revised 03/07/09
j) Diamorphine 500mg, Auralis Ltd last revised 03/07/09
k) Diamorphine 500mg, Wockhardt UK Ltd last revised 27/04/2007
l) Diamorphine 100mg, Wockhardt UK Ltd last revised 31/08/2007
m) Diamorphine 30mg, Wockhardt UK Ltd last revised 31/08/2007
n) Diamorphine 10mg, Wockhardt UK Ltd last revised 31/08/2007
o) Diamorphine 5mg, Wockhardt UK Ltd last revised 31/08/2007
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/06/2011
Intravenous Diazepam emulsion
Caution: Do not confuse with diazepam solution
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Diazepam emulsion Diazemuls®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing diazepam 10mg in 2mL as a sterile, milky white emulsion.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give undiluted by slow IV injection at a maximum rate 1mL per minute (1mL =
5mg) into a large vein.(5)
Give over 3-5 minutes in children.(6a)
Continuous infusion: Administer into a large vein(5) using an infusion pump. Use a non-PVC
infusion container and administration set(1) (see 'OTHER COMMENTS').
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
pH:
5 to 9 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Avoid using PVC infusion bags. Glass bottles, non PVC sets or syringe pumps using a
non-PVC syringe are suitable for use.(4) If PVC tubing is used is should be the shortest
possible length with a small diameter and the set should not contain a burette chamber.(4)
2. Contains soya bean oil and fractionated egg phospholipid; contraindicated to patients with
soya bean or egg allergy.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Diazepam emulsion (Diazemuls®), last updated
10/06/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" on line, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com 02/12/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information online, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com 02/12/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 14th Edition, 2007, pg 508
5. British National Formulary No. 64, September 2012, pg 987
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 pg 236
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Actavis; Date contacted: 06/12/2012
Version 6
Intravenous Diazepam solution
Caution: Do not confuse with Diazemuls® - diazepam emulsion
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Diazepam Diazepam injection BP (Wockhardt UK Ltd) (hameln)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 10mg in 2mL(1a-b)
Ampoules 20mL in 4mL.(1b)
Clear, colourless to pale yellow liquid.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: give by slow IV injection at a maximum rate 1mL per minute (1mL = 5mg) into a
large vein of the anticubital fossa.(1a) Give over 3 to 5 minutes in children.(6a)
Continuous infusion: Administer via a large vein(5) using an infusion pump. Use a non-PVC
infusion container and administration set.(1) (see 'OTHER COMMENTS').
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1a)(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information (9)
pH:
6.2 to 7.0 (10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Substantial adsorption of up to 50% diazepam onto some plastics may cause problems
when administering the drug by continuous infusion. Administration sets and bags
containing polyvinylchloride (PVC) in particular should be avoided.(2)(4) Suitable materials
for infusion and administration sets include glass, polyolefin, polypropylene,
polyethene.(2) Syringe pumps can be used since adsorption to plastic syringes made
from polypropylene and polyethylene, has not been found.(4)
2. Excipients:
Benzyl alcohol (Wockhardt product only) - There is a risk of alcohol poisoning with
prolonged use of high-dose intravenous infusions of diazepam injection containing benzyl
alcohol.(1a) Avoid use in neonates.(1a)(5) Benzyl alcohol may cause toxic reactions and
anaphylactoid reactions in infants and children up to three years old.(1a)
Benzoic acid and sodium benzoate (Wockhardt product only) - may increase the risk
of jaundice in newborn babies.(1a)
Ethanol - A small amount of ethanol, less than 100mg per ampoule.
Propylene glycol - Impaired elimination of propylene glycol eg in renal failure, neonates,
young children and in slow metabolisers can cause adverse effects,(5) most commonly
central nervous system depression.(2)
There have been rare reports of propylene glycol toxicity (e.g. increased anion gap,
metabolic acidosis, hyperosmolality, renal impairment) with the potential for organ
system failure and circulatory shock, in patients treated with continuous infusions of
diazepam. Central nervous system toxicity, including seizures, as well as
unresponsiveness, tachypnoea, tachycardia and diaphoresis have also been associated
with propylene glycol toxicity. Symptoms may be more likely to develop in patients with
renal or hepatic impairment and in paediatric patients.(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Wockhardt last revised 16/09/2008
b) hameln, last revised 03/10/2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
December 2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information online, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com December 2012
Intravenous Diclofenac sodium
Dyloject® injection is different to this injection and has its own monograph. Please
check carefully that the correct monograph corresponds to the correct product.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Diclofenac sodium Voltarol®, Novartis Pharmaceuticals UK Ltd
Diclofenac, Goldsheild
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing diclofenac 75mg in 3mL (as sodium salt).(1a)(1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Diclofenac injection must NOT be given as an intravenous bolus injection.
Do not exceed 150mg in 24 hours.(1a)(1b)
IV Infusion:
1. Slow IV infusion for the treatment of post-operative pain:- Administer 75mg over 30
minutes to 2 hours. Repeat after 4 to 6 hours if necessary.(1a)(1b)(2)(5)
2. Continuous infusion for the prevention of post-operative pain:- administer a loading
dose of 25-50mg after surgery over 15 to 60minutes followed by a continuous
infusion of approximately 5mg/hour.(1a)(1b)(2)(5)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%.
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available.(9)(11) However, if extravasation occurs, diclofenac injection has
the potential to cause tissue injury because it contains propylene glycol.(1a)(1b) If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.(10)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not mix with any other medicines or infusion fluids, except for named diluents (1a)(1b)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolarity.
297-402mOsmol(12).
pH:
pH 7.8 to 9 (9), 7.6 to 8.6 (11)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Diclofenac injection (given IV or IM) should not be administered for more than 2
days, treatment can be continued with diclofenac tablets or suppositories.(1a)(1b)(2)
2. Protect ampoules from light and heat.(1a) Store below 30oC,(1a) (not above 25oC.(1b)
3. Diclofenac injection is not recommended for use in children.(1a)(1b)
4. Undesirable effects may be minimised by using the lowest effective dose for the
shortest duration necessary to control symptoms.(1a)(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Voltarol® 75mg/3mL (Novartis). Date of revision of text March 2009
b) Diclofenac Injection BP 75mg/3mL (Goldshield). Last revised March 2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com May 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com May 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com May 2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59, March 2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer, Novartis Pharmaceuticals.
9. Drug company name: Novartis Pharmaceuticals
Date contacted: 30/06/10
10. www.extravasation.org.uk
11. Drug company name: Goldshield Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
Date contacted: May 2010
Intravenous Digoxin immune Fab (DigiFab)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Digoxin immune Fab (ovine) DigiFab®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Each vial of DigiFab® contains 40mg of digoxin immune Fab (ovine) protein as a sterile, lyophilized,
off white powder.(1)
IV injection: If cardiac arrest is imminent, digoxin immune Fab may be administered by IV injection
over 3-5 minutes, but this method of administration generally is not recommended for other patients
since it may be associated with increased risk of adverse effects (e.g. allergic reactions).(3)
For infants or small children receiving small doses, the dose may be given by IV injection using a
tuberculin syringe. Alternatively the required dose may be further diluted to any convenient volume
with sodium chloride 0.9% and administered by IV injection or infusion.(3)
Step 1. Decide if digoxin poisoning is (i) Acute (ii) Acute-on-chronic (iii) Chronic
Step 2. Is the patient (i) an adult or child greater than 20kg or (ii) a child less than 20kg?
Step 3. Is (i) the amount of digoxin ingested known or is (ii) the serum concentration of digoxin
known?
The usual dose for adults and children over 20kg may vary between one half of a vial (20mg
DigiFab®) to 20 vials (800mg DigiFab®). More vials may be needed dependent upon the amount of
digoxin consumed.
The dose for DigiFab® for full neutralisation following digoxin poisoning can be calculated as
follows:(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available.(9)
pH:
4.5 to 5.5.(3)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The vials should be stored between 2 and 8oC. Do not freeze. The vials should be kept in the
outer carton in order to protect from light.(1)
2. DigiFab® contains sodium acetate as a buffering agent, acetic acid and mannitol as a
stabilizer.(1)(3)
3. It is estimated that 40mg of antibody fragments can bind about 500micrograms of digoxin or
digitoxin.(2)
4. If after several hours toxicity has not adequately reversed or appears to recur, re-
administration of DigiFab® at a dose guided by clinical judgment may be required. Failure of
a patient to respond to DigiFab® should alert the physician to the possibility that the clinical
problem may not be due to digoxin toxicity.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Digoxin Immune Fab (DigiFab), last revised 01/07/2011
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com/ on 30/09/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com/ September 2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition
5. British National Formulary accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/09/2013
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug Company name: BTG International Ltd. Date contacted: 27/03/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 500micrograms in 2mL (ampoules) (5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Normal practice is to give as an infusion over 1-2 hours in 50 to 100mL of diluent for both
maintenance and loading doses.
Minimum time: 10 - 20 minutes.(12)
N.B. when administering as an emergency loading dose the BNF recommends an infusion
duration of at least 120 minutes (unlicensed).(5)
Note that the manufacturer recommends reducing doses by approximately a third when
converting from oral to IV therapy.(1a)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
Incompatible: (4)
Amiodarone in glucose 5%
Amphotericin B cholesteryl sulfate complex (Amphocil®) in glucose 5%
Fluconazole
Insulin, regular (Humulin R) in glucose 5%
Propofol
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9a)
pH:
6.8 to 7.2 (9a)(9b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Monitor renal function and serum levels of digoxin in patients on long-term therapy
especially if toxicity suspected or dose adjustment is considered.
2. Check BNF for interactions with other medicines.
3. The intramuscular route is painful and associated with muscle necrosis. This route
cannot be recommended.(1a)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics.
a) Lanoxin injection. Last updated 08 March 2010. Accessed via
http://emc.medicines.org.uk on 23/04/2010
b) Digoxin injection BP 500micrograms in 2mL. Last updated 13/07/2009 accessed
via http://emc.medicines.org.uk on 10/02/2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 35th Edition. Digoxin monograph
accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 23/01/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Digoxin monograph
accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 23/01/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition. Digoxin monograph accessed
via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 23/01/2009
5. British National Formulary No. 57 March 2009 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf on
25/03/2009
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child
Health 2003
Intravenous Disodium pamidronate (dry powder)
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the
correct information for the brand used in your Trust
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Disodium pamidronate Aredia Dry Powder® (Novartis)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing disodium pamidronate 15mg dry powder. Plus 5mL ampoule containing
sterile water for injections for reconstitution.(1)
Vial containing disodium pamidronate 30mg dry powder. Plus 10mL ampoule containing
sterile water for injections for reconstitution.(1)
Vial containing disodium pamidronate 90mg dry powder. Plus 10mL ampoule containing
sterile water for injections for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: via an infusion pump at a rate not exceeding 60mg/hour (1mg/minute) and
not exceeding a rate of 20mg/hour in renal impairment.(1)
Do not administer by IV bolus injection.(1)(2)
In order to minimise local reactions at the infusion site, the cannula should be inserted
carefully into a relatively large vein.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
15mg vial - no information available (9)
30mg vial - 0.34mL (9)
90mg vial - 0.31mL (9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)(9)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Adverse effects: Usually mild and transient. Hyper- or hypotension; monitor blood
pressure. Fever and flu-like symptoms. Occasionally injection site reactions such as pain,
redness, swelling, induration, phlebitis and thrombophlebitis.(2)(3)(5)
EXTRAVASATION:
Disodium pamidronate has not been shown to have an extreme pH, a high osmolarity and
is not a cytotoxic medicine and is therefore unlikely to cause tissue damage if
extravasation occurs.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
15mg, 30mg and 90mg vials when reconstituted with water for injections as directed has
an osmolarity of 287mOsm/kg (9)
pH:
pH of solution when reconstituted with water for injections is 6.0 to 7.4 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Reconstituted solution that has been further diluted must be used immediately.(1)
2. December 2011 - The SPC has been revised since this monograph was last
updated
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Aredia®, last updated February 2008
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 18/11/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 18/11/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs"
5. British National Formulary No. 58, September 2009 pgs 423, 424, 872
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
Intravenous Disodium pamidronate (concentrate for dilution)
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the correct
information for the brand used in your Trust
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Disodium pamidronate Disodium pamidronate sterile concentrate (Hospira UK Ltd)
Disodium pamidronate sterile concentrate (Wockhardt UK Ltd)
Disodium pamidronate sterile concentrate (Medac UK)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 15mg in 5mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-d)
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 30mg in 10mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-d)
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 60mg in 10mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-c)
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 90mg in 10mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-c)
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 60mg in 20mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-d)
Vials containing disodium pamidronate 90mg in 30mL. Concentrate for dilution.(1a-d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer at a maximum rate of not more than 60mg/hour (1mg/minute). In
patients with renal failure administer at a rate of not more than 20mg/hour.(1a-e)(2)
Medac:
Medac specify that a dose of 90mg must usually be administered as a 2 hour infusion.(1d)
Medac recommend that for multiple myeloma and tumour induced hypercalcaemia, the
infusion rate does not exceed 90mg in 500mL over 4 hours.(1d)
Medac specify that disodium pamidronate should not be administered if creatinine clearance
is less than 30mL/min.(1d)
EXTRAVASATION:
Disodium pamidronate has not been shown to have an extreme pH, a high osmolarity and is
not a cytotoxic medicine and is therefore unlikely to cause tissue damage if extravasation
occurs.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available.(9a)(9b)(9c)
pH:
Hospira: pH of original concentrate 6.0-7.0 (9a)
Medac: pH of original concentrate 7.0-8.0 (9b)
Wockhardt: pH of original concentrate 7.5-8.5 (9c)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. For the management of tumour-induced hypercalcaemia it is recommended that
patients be rehydrated with 0.9% w/v sodium chloride solution before or during
treatment.(1a-e)
2. Pamidronate solution that has been further diluted must be used immediately.(1a-e)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Hospira. Pamidronate disodium 3mg/mL, date of revised text 16/12/2008
b) Hospira. Pamidronate disodium 6mg/mL, date of revised text 16/12/2008
c) Hospira. Pamidronate disodium 9mg/mL, date of revision of text 16/12/2008
d) Medac GmbH. Disodium pamidronate, date of revised text 22/01/2009
e) Wockhardt. Disodium pamidronate, date of revised text January 2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http//www.medicinescomplete.com on 16/10/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http//www.medicinescomplete.com on 16/10/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 01/11/2009
5. British National Formulary No. 58 September 2009 pg 423/4
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Hospira UK Ltd
Date contacted: 29/10/2009 and 14/01/2010
b) Drug company name: Medac GmbH
Date contacted: 29/10/2009 and 15/01/2010
c) Drug company name: Wockhardt UK Ltd
Date contacted: 28/10/2009 and 15/01/2010
10. http://www.palliativedrugs.com/bisphosphonates.html Accessed 30/10/2009
Version 2
Intravenous Dobutamine
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Dobutamine Non-proprietary available from Hameln
Goldshield (Braun)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ready to use infusion: Vial 250mg in 50mL (5mg in 1mL) (1a)
Preparations which require dilution before use: Ampoule 250mg in 20mL (12.5mg in
1mL) (1b,c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Continuous IV infusion: via an infusion pump.(1a-c)(3)(4)
Due to the low pH of this drug administer via a central venous access device.(11)
If central administration is not possible, solutions of a concentration of less than 5mg in
1mL may initially given via a large peripheral vein, but should be transferred to a central
venous access device as soon as possible to reduce the risk of phlebitis.
Do not allow the infusion to run out. A new infusion should be prepared at least half an
hour before the previous one finishes.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
Adverse effects:
Tachycardia, ectopics, arrhythmias, hypertension, hypotension, phlebitis.(1)(5)
If an undue increase in heart rate or systolic blood pressure occurs, or if an arrhythmia is
precipitated, the doctor should be informed and consideration should be given to reducing
the dose of dobutamine or discontinuing the drug temporarily.(1a)
Tolerance may develop with continuous infusions longer than 72 hours requiring an
increase in dose. (1a,5)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation can cause local inflammatory changes and phlebitis.(1a) Administer via a
central venous access device if possible. If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment
protocols.
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device):
Acetylcysteine, adrenaline, alfentanil, amiodarone, atracurium, calcium chloride, calcium
gluconate, cisatracurium besylate, clonidine, dopamine, fentanyl citrate, glyceryl trinitrate,
labetalol, lidocaine, magnesium sulphate, milrinone, morphine sulphate, noradrenaline,
potassium chloride, propofol, remifentanil, vasopressin.(4)
Acetylcysteine, alfentanil, aprotinin, dopexamine.(14)
Other compatible diluents: Sodium chloride 0.45% and glucose 5%,(1a,b,c) sodium
chloride 0.9% and glucose 5%,(1b,c) glucose 10%(3) and Hartmann’s.(14)
Incompatible: Aciclovir, alteplase, aminophylline, furosemide, heparin, sodium
bicarbonate, Tazocin, thiopental.(4)
Digoxin, hydrocortisone, omeprazole, phenytoin.(14)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Ready to use 250mg/50mL vial: 270 to 310 mOsmol/kg(9a)
pH:
Ready to use 250mg/50mL vial: 3.0-4.5 (9a)
250mg/20mL ampoule: 2.5 – 5.5(9a)(9b)
0.5mg/mL: 4.5 (in sodium chloride 0.9%), 4.2 (in glucose 5%).(13)
1.0mg/mL: 4.3 (in sodium chloride 0.9%), 4.1 (in glucose 5%).(13). See link.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not mix with agents or diluents containing both sodium metabisulphite and
ethanol.(1)
2. Wockhardt distributing Hameln product, contact Hameln for all drug related
enquiries.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Dobutamine 5mg/mL, Hameln. Last revised 13/02/2006
b) Dobutamine 250mg/20mL, Hameln. Last revised 16/12/1994
c) Dobutamine 250mg/20mL, Goldshield. Last revised 11/05/2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 01.02.2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 01.02.2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition pg 528 -539
5. British National Formulary No 60, p136
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. a) Drug company: Hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Date contacted: October 2010
b) Drug company: Goldshield. Date contacted: February 2011
10. UKCPA Critical Care Group. Minimum infusion volumes for fluid restricted critically
ill patients. 3rd ed. 2006 accessed online via www.ukcpa.org.uk on 25.1.2011
11. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January
2010
12. Intensive Care Society website statement supporting use of standard infusion
concentrations (2010) See Link
13. Quality Assurance department, Pharmacy Charing Cross Hospital (Imperial College
Healthcare NHS Trust)
Intravenous Dopamine hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Dopamine hydrochloride Generic (Hospira, Goldshield, Martindale Pharma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing dopamine hydrochloride concentrate for dilution:
200mg in 5mL (1a)(1b)(1d)
800mg in 5mL (1c)(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: To be administered by continuous IV infusion only after dilution with a suitable
diluent.(1a)
Infuse, preferably via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as the
product has a high osmolarity.(1b)(1c)(1d)( 2)( 3)(4) Administer using an infusion pump.(1b)(1c)(1d)(3)
For administration via a central venous access device dilute 200mg to 50mL in sodium chloride
0.9% or glucose 5% to produce a solution of 4mg in 1mL. This is the standard concentration
endorsed by the Intensive Care Society 'Standards' Committee.(11)
Concentrations of 8mg in 1mL may also be used.(11)
For use in children a maximum concentration of 3.2mg per 1mL should be used. If higher
concentrations are necessary administration should be via a central venous access device.(6a)
Within neonatal intensive care a maximum concentration of 30mg/kg should be diluted to a final
volume of 50mL.(6a)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
IV infusion via peripheral cannula: Flush the cannula with sodium chloride 0.9% at the same
speed as the rate of infusion to avoid adverse haemodynamic effects.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation of dopamine causes local vasoconstriction leading to severe tissue hypoxia and
ischaemia; sloughing and necrosis may occur. Ischaemia may be reversed by infiltration of the
affected area with 10-15mL sodium chloride 0.9% containing 5 to 10mg phentolamine mesylate.
A syringe with a fine hypodermic needle should be used to liberally infiltrate the ischaemic area
as soon as extravasation is noted.(1a-d)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolality of dopamine hydrochloride 40mg/mL was determined to be 619mOsm/kg by
freezing-point depression and 581mOsm/kg by vapour pressure.(4)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a high osmolarity.
pH:
Hospira, Goldshield and UCB products: 2.5 to 5.5(9a-c)
Martindale products: 3.0 to 5.0(9d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not use infusion if discoloured.(1a-c)(4)
2. Store in original outer container to protect from light.(1a-c) Light protection not required
during administration.
3. The following link alerts users to products on a current National Purchasing Contract
which have been assessed by the NHS Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance service as
having a HIGH or MEDIUM medication error potential. See Caution in use of dopamine.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Dopamine 40mg/mL Sterile Concentrate (Hospira UK Ltd) last updated 23 August 2010
b) Sterile Dopamine Concentrate 200mg/5mL (Goldshield), last updated 17 August 2010
c) Sterile Dopamine Concentrate 800mg/5mL (Goldshield), last updated 17 August 2010
d) Sterile Dopamine Concentrate 200mg/5mL (Martindale Pharma) last updated May
2001
e) Sterile Dopamine Concentration 800mg/5mL (Martindale Pharma) last updated May
2001
2. Martindale" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 15/10/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 15/10/2010
4. Trissel " Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 60, September 2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
a) Hospira UK Ltd, last revised 21 June 2002
b) UCB Pharma, last revised 10 November 2005
9. a) Drug company name: Hospira UK Ltd. Date contacted: 28 October 2010
b) Drug company name: Goldshield. Date contacted: 28 October 2010
c) Drug company name: UCB Pharma. Date contacted: 28 October 2010
d) Drug company name: Martindale Pharma. Date contacted: 29 October 2010
10. Dopamine: Procedure for the specialist intravenous administration in adults, September
2008, University Hospitals of Leicester NHS Trust
11. Standard concentrations for infusions used in critical care areas. The Intensive Care
Society website (2010) See Link
Version 5
Intravenous Doxapram hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Doxapram hydrochloride Doxapram injection (generic) (MercuryPharma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 100mg doxapram in 5mL (ie. 20mg per mL).
ADULT
Post-operative respiratory depression
IV injection: give over at least 30 seconds. Dose may be repeated at one hourly intervals.(1a)
IV infusion via an infusion pump (unlicensed): Infusion rates of 2 to 3mg per minute are
recommended. Adjust dose according to response.(1b)(2)
CHILD
Not licensed and not recommended.(6)
For example: To give at a rate of 3mg/minute of using a solution diluted to a strength of 2mg in
1mL, the calculation would look as follows::
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(3)(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH. Preferably administer via a central
venous access device. Monitor injection site closely.
Compatible infusions (it is assumed the medicines meet close to the venous access
device): Doxapram infusion 2mg/mL in glucose 5% is visually compatible with erythromycin
lactobionate, fentanyl, gentamicin, ranitidine, phenobarbital and vancomycin (all also in glucose
5%).(4)
Ampicillin in sodium chloride 0.9%(4)
Heparin sodium and insulin in sodium chloride 0.45%.(4)
Calcium chloride, ceftazidime, metoclopramide and metronidazole (infusion fluid not stated).(4)
Doxapram 400mg/20mL is compatible with terbutaline 0.2mg/mL, and bumetanide 0.5mg/mL
when mixed in the same syringe.(4)
Compatible infusion fluids: Glucose 5%, glucose 10% and sodium chloride 0.9%.(4)
pH:
3.5 to 5(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store injection below 25oC .(1a) Do not refrigerate.(1a)
2. September 2013: Doxapram 1g in 500mL in glucose 5% solution for infusion has been
discontinued expiry date of last batch produced: (B/N: 11G20BN): 30th June 2013),
however the SPC is still available via the eMc website.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Doxapram hydrochloride BP 20mg/mL solution for injection, Mercurypharma (Supplier;
Amdipharm Mercury), last revised September 2013
b) Doxapram Solution for Infusion, MercuryPharma (Supplier Amdipharm Mercury) last
revised March 2012. September 2013 Product discontinued but SPC remains on eMc
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/05/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/05/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 23/05/2013
5. British National Formulary May 2013 accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
23/05/2013
6. British National Formulary for Children May 2013 accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/05/2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer - not available
9. Drug company name: Supplier: Amdipharm Mercury Company Ltd. Date contacted:
20/05/2013, 24/05/2013
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
11. UCLH Injectable Medicines Administration Guide, 3rd Edition, 2010
12. Imperial College Healthcare NHS Trust, QA Department. Date contacted: 04/07/2013
Version 5
Intravenous Dried prothrombin complex (Beriplex P/N)
The batch number and expiry date of the product administered should be recorded
as per the local protocol.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Dried prothrombin complex (Beriplex® P/N) Beriplex® P/N
(Human Prothrombin Complex)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
One vial of human prothombin complex 250 International Units (IU) (250 IU Factor IX)
powder plus one vial of 10mL solvent (water for injections) for reconstitution. One filter
transfer device 20/20 also provided.(1)
One vial of human prothrombin complex 500 International Units (500 IU Factor IX) powder
plus one vial of 20mL solvent (water for injections) for reconstitution. One filter transfer
device 20/20 also provided.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection :
Give by slow IV injection using a dedicated infusion line at a rate not more than 3
International Units/kg/minute of factor IX. Maximum rate 210 International Units/minute of
factor IX.(1)
Follow the instructions in the package insert carefully when using the reconstitution device.
The vials should be placed on an even and firm surface when attaching the device.(1)
Stability:
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%.(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
150 to 250mOsmol/kg.(9)
pH:
6.5 to 7.5.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC.(1)
2. Do not freeze.(1)
3. Keep the vial in the outer container, in order to protect from light.(1)
4. Excipients:
Powder: Heparin, human albumin, human antithrombin III, sodium chloride, sodium
citrate, hydrochloride or sodium hydroxide (in small amounts for pH adjustment).
Solvent: water for injections.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Beriplex®, last revised 28/07/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.thomsonhc.com,
April 2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information"
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 61, March 2011, pg 159
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacture, CSL Behring 09/01/2010r
9. Drug company name: CLS Behring
Date contacted: April 2011
Version 1
Intravenous Ephedrine hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ephedrine hydrochloride Ephedrine hydrochloride (Auden McKenzie Ltd)(Martindale)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
3mg in 1mL preparations (ready diluted for administration):
Ampoules containing 30mg in 10mL solution for injection.(1c)
Pre-filled syringes containing 30mg in 10mL solution for injection.(1d)
30mg in 1mL preparation (requires dilution before administration):
Ampoules containing 30mg in 1mL solution for injection.(1a-b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Slow IV injection: Administer as a 3mg in 1mL solution over 3-5 minutes. Doses can be
repeated every 3-4 minutes as required, to a maximum dose of 30mg.(1)(2)(5)
Children 1-12 years: Administer as a 3mg in 1mL solution by slow IV injection over 3-5
minutes via a central venous access device.(6a)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1)(9)(10)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information (1a-c)(11)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
297mOsmol/L (Martindale 30mg in 1mL ampoule). See link(13)
307mOsmol/L (Martindale 30mg in 1mL ampoule diluted to 3mg in 1mL with sodium chloride
0.9%). See link (13).
235mOsmol/L (Martindale 30mg in 10mL ampoule).
pH:
5 to 7 (Martindale 30mg in 1mL ampoule undiluted).(9)
4.5 to 6.5 (Martindale 30mg in 1mL ampoule).(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Ephedrine, Auden McKenzie, last updated July 2009
b) Ephedrine 30mg/mL ampoule (Martindale), last revised July 2002
c) Ephedrine, 30mg/10mL ampoule (Martindale), last revised Feb 2009
d) Ephedrine 30mg;10mL pre-filled syringe (Martindale), last revised September 2005
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service, Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/12/2010
5. British National Formulary No 60 accessed via www.bnf.org.uk on 31/12/2010
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via www.bnfc.org.uk on
31/12/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Martindale Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Date contacted: 31/12/2010
10. UCLH Injectable Medicines Administration Guide, 3rd Edition, 2010
11. National Extravasation Service accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk on 31/12/2010
12. Calculated by K Thakrar (Medicines Governance Pharmacist, UCLH) with information
provided from Martindale.
13. Calculated by Peter Cowin (Deputy QA Manager, Charing Cross Hospital, Imperial
College Healthcare NHS Trust)
Version 2
Intravenous Ertapenem
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ertapenem Invanz®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing ertapenem 1g powder.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Infuse over a period of 30 minutes.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible (9)
For information on minimum final volume of infusion for different doses, see link.
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No reports of tissue damage following extravasation registered with the manufacturer(9)
however phlebitis/thrombophlebitis and infusion site pain are reported.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
378mOsm/L (1g reconstituted with 10mL sodium chloride 0.9% and added to 50mL
sodium chloride 0.9%).(10)
Ertapenem osmolarity calculation, see link.
pH:
7.5 when reconstituted and diluted in sodium chloride 0.9%.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Contraindicated if prior severe hypersensitivity reaction (e.g. anaphylactic reaction,
severe skin reaction) to any other type of beta-lactam antibacterial agent (e.g.
penicillins or cephalosporins).(1)
2. Contraindicated in hypersensitivity to ertapenam or any other carbapenem
antibacterial.(1)
3. The formulation of Invanz® does not contain latex, but the manufacturer cannot
guarantee that the product has not come into contact with latex during
manufacture.(9)
4. Caution is advised in patients with known or suspected CNS disorders.(1)
5. Infusion expiry 6 hours at room temperature.(1)
Intravenous Erythromycin lactobionate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Erythromycin lactobionate Erythrocin®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing erythromycin 1g (as lactobionate) powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Continuous IV infusion: Give via an infusion pump.
IV infusion: Give over 20 to 60 minutes every 6 hours.(1)
If concentrations greater than 5mg/mL are needed (e.g. in fluid restricted patients) give via a central
venous catheter device over 30 to 60 minutes.(11)
Concentrations of up to 1g in 100mL via a central venous access device over 30 to 60 minutes
have been used.(11)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
The vial contains overage and displacement is allowed for and only 20mL need be withdrawn to
obtain a 1g dose (9)(10)(11)
IV infusion over 20-60 minutes: Dilute the reconstituted solution to a concentration not exceeding
5mg/mL (e.g. add 1g in at least 200mL of infusion fluid).(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
1. Allergic reactions.(1)
2. Hypersensitivity reactions, arrhythmias and hypotension (associated with rapid infusion),(2)
abdominal discomfort, cramp, nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, thrombophlebitis, venous
irritation.(1)
3. If concentrations greater than 5mg/mL are needed (e.g. in fluid restricted patients) , cardiac
monitoring is recommended because of the possibility of arrhythmias at high
concentrations.(11)
4. The manufacturers recommend that concentrations used should not exceed 5mg in 1mL as
higher strengths may cause phlebitis.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information.(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality of 223mOsm/kg (reconsitituted solution).(4)(10)
pH:
pH 6.5 to 7.5 (reconstituted solution).(4)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Erythrocin IV Lactobionate injection, Amdipharm. Date
of revision of text April 2012.
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
30/03/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/03/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
Intravenous Esomeprazole
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Esomeprazole Nexium®
Esomeprazole (IBIGEN S. r. l - supplier Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd; Sun
Pharmaceuticals UK Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing esomeprazole 40mg (as sodium salt) powder for reconstitution.(1a-c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3 to 5 minutes.(1a-c)
Continuous IV infusion over 72 hours: Administer 80mg by initial IV infusion over 30 minutes
followed by a continuous IV infusion of 8mg/hour for 71.5 hours.(1a-c)(11)(12)
After administration of initial intravenous dose of 80mg esomeprazole, the contents of two 40mg
vials are dissolved in up to 100mL of 0.9% sodium chloride and given at a rate of 8mg/hour (i.e.
over 10 hours). This is repeated with fresh vials after that time.(1a-c)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Nil (9)
FLUSHING:
IV injection: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
Continuous IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Hypersensitivity reactions have been reported e.g. fever, angioedema and anaphylactic
reactions/shock.(1a-c) Local reaction at injection site.(1a-c)
Adverse effects reported with IV esomeprazole generally are similar to those reported with oral
esomeprazole.(3)
EXTRAVASATION:
No specific recommendation issued by the manufacturer.
If extravasation occurs, refer to local treatment policies.
IV injection: When giving by IV injection do not administer via an infusion containing a medicine
additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both before and after
administering the IV injection.
IV infusion and continuous IV infusion: Do not infuse with any other medicines or infusions.(1a-
c)(3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The reconstituted solution is isotonic with an osmolarity of approximately 300mOsmol/L.(9a)
The reconstituted solution in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% has an osmolality of approximately
304mOsm/kg.(1b)
The reconstituted solution in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% has an osmolality of 270-
330mOsm/kg.(9c)
pH:
The pH of esomeprazole 40mg reconstituted with 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% is 9.3 to
10.3.(9a)
The pH of esomeprazole 40mg reconstituted with 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% is 9.6.(1b)
The pH of esomeprazole 40mg reconstituted with 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% is 9.0-11.0.(1c)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Nexium IV (Astra Zeneca). Last revised 10/10/2012
b) Esomeprazole (Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd). Last revised 19/04/2012
c) Esomeprazole (Sun Pharmaceuticals Ltd). Last revised 22/11/2011
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/12/2011
Intravenous Fentanyl
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Fentanyl Sublimaze®
Non-proprietary available from Auden McKenzie and Goldshield
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing fentanyl 100micrograms in 2mL and 500micrograms in 10mL (as
fentanyl citrate).(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.
IV infusion: Infuse using an infusion pump
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
EXTRAVASATION:
Unlikely to cause a particular problem. Follow local extravasation protocols.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information.(9)
pH:
3.5 to 7.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. To reduce dosing errors with fentanyl, all healthcare practitioners should ensure
they are familiar with the formulation, usual dose and side effects and that any prior
administration of opioids has been taken into account.(1)
2. Do not store above 25°C.(1)
3. Protect from light / store in outer carton.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Sublimaze, Janssen-Cilag, last updated 18/01/2011
b) Fentanyl, Auden McKenzie, last updated 30/01/2011
c) Fentanyl, Goldshield, last updated 07/01/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc on 10/05/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com/mc on 10/05/2011
4. Trissel 'Handbook on injectable drugs' 16th Edition pg 669-677
5. British National Formulary No. 61 pg 786-7
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg
246-248
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 pg 787-8
Intravenous Ferric carboxymaltose (Ferinject)
Ferric carboxymaltose must be administered ONLY by the intravenous route.(1)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing 100mg of iron (as ferric carboxymaltose) in 2mL(1)
Vial containing 500mg of iron (as ferric carboxymaltose) in 10mL(1)
Presented as a dark brown, non-transparent, aqueous solution(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
The cumulative dose of ferric carboxymaltose must be calculated for each patient individually
and must not be exceeded.(1) See below.
IV injection:
Ferric carboxymaltose may be administered by intravenous injection using undiluted solution up
to 1000mg iron (up to a maximum of 15mg/kg body weight).(1)
For doses greater than 200mg and up to 500mg iron, ferric carboxymaltose should be
administered at a rate of 100mg/minute.(1)
For doses greater than 500mg and up to 1000mg iron, ferric carboxymaltose should be
administered over 15 minutes.(1)
In patients on haemodialysis, a single maximum daily injection 200mg of iron may be given
undiluted directly into the venous limb of the dialyser.(1)
IV infusion: Give by intravenous infusion via an infusion pump up to a maximum single dose of
20mL (1000mg of iron) of ferric carboxymaltose (up to a maximum of 20 mg/kg body weight) in
250mL of sodium chloride 0.9% over 15 minutes.(1)
35 kg to <70 kg ≥70 kg
For overweight patients, a normal body weight/blood volume relationship should be assumed
when determining the iron requirement.
For patients with an Hb value greater than or equal to 14g/dL, an initial dose of 500mg iron
should be given and iron parameters should be checked prior to repeat dosing.(1)
2 to 4 mL 100 to 200 mg 50 mL -
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation of ferric carboxymaltose at the injection site may lead to brown discolouration
and irritation of the skin. In case of extravasation, the administration of ferric carboxymaltose
must be stopped immediately.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Comparable to blood(9)
pH:
5-7(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The use of ferric carboxymaltose has not been studied in children, and therefore is not
recommended in children under 14 years.(1)
2. Significant excipients: sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.(1)
3. Store in original package. Do not store above 30oC. Do not refrigerate or freeze.(1)
4. Each vial of Ferinject® is intended for single use only.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Ferinject®, last updated 29/09/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 21/01/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 21/01/2013 (no monograph)
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
21/01/2013
5. British National Formulary No. 64 September 2012 accessed on 21/10/2013
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013
Intravenous Immunoglobulin, human normal (Flebogamma DIF 50mg/mL)
Brands of normal human immunoglobulin are not interchangeable.
Record the batch number and expiry date from each bottle used in the patient’s case
notes or drug chart.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Immunoglobulin, human normal 5% Flebogamma® DIF 50mg/mL
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing human normal immunoglobulin 50mg in 1mL (5%) solution for infusion
500mg in 10mL
2.5g in 50mL
5g in 100mL
10g in 200mL
20g in 400mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Give at an initial rate of 0.6-1.2mL/kg/hour for 30 minutes. If well tolerated,
gradually increase the rate of administration to a maximum of 6mL/kg/hour for the remainder of
the infusion. Use an infusion pump.(1)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Calculate the infusion rate using the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
335.9 - 339.7mOsm/kg (9)
pH:
5.54 - 5.66 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Flebogamma DIF® should be stored below 30oC and protected from freezing.(1)
2. The solution should be clear or slightly opalescent. Do not use solutions that are cloudy
or has deposits.(1)
3. Flebogamma® DIF contains 50mg/mL sorbitol as an excipient. Patients with rare
hereditary problems of fructose intolerance should not receive Flebogamma® DIF.
Babies and young children should not receive Flebogamma® DIF as hereditary fructose
intolerance may not yet have been diagnosed.(1)(5)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Grifols Ltd, last updated 16/06/2011
2. Martindale" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/05/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/05/2011
4. Trissel " Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 04/05/2011
5. British National Formulary No 61 March 2011 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Grifols Ltd. Date contacted: 21/06/2011
Version 1
Intravenous Immunoglobulin, human normal (Flebogamma DIF 100mg/mL )
Brands of normal human immunoglobulin are not interchangeable.
Record the batch number and expiry date from each bottle used in the patient’s case notes
or on the drug chart.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Immunoglobulin, human normal Flebogamma® DIF 100mg/mL
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass bottles containing immunoglobulin 100mg in 1mL (10%) solution for infusion
5g in 50mL
10g in 100mL
20g in 200mL(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Give by intravenous infusion at an initial rate of 0.6mL/kg/hour for the first 30
minutes. If well tolerated, increase the rate of administration to 1.2mL/kg/hour for the second 30
minutes. Again, if tolerated, increase the rate of administration further to 2.4mL/kg/hour for the
third 30 minutes. If the patient tolerates the infusion well, additional increments of 1.2mL/kg/hour
may be made at 30-minute intervals up to a maximum of 4.8mL/kg/hour. Use an infusion
pump.(1)(9)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Calculate the infusion rate using the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
344.8 - 350.8mOsm/kg (9)
pH:
5.4 - 5.6 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Flebogamma DIF® should be stored below 30oC and protected from freezing.(1)
2. The solution should be clear or slightly opalescent. Do not use solutions that are cloudy or
have deposits.(1)
3. Flebogamma® DIF contains 50mg/mL sorbitol as an excipient. Patients with rare
hereditary problems of fructose intolerance should not receive Flebogamma® DIF. Babies
and young children should not receive Flebogamma® as hereditary fructose intolerance
may not yet have been diagnosed.(1)(5)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Grifols Ltd, last updated 06/06/2011
2. Martindale" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/08/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/08/2011
4. Trissel " Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 08/08/2011
5. British National Formulary No 61 March 2011 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Grifols Ltd. Date contacted: 21/06/2011
Version 1
Intravenous Flecainide acetate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Flecainide acetate Tambocor ®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Flecainide acetate, ampoules containing 150mg in 15mL.(1)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Adults and children 12 years and older:
Slow IV injection: Over at least 10-30 minutes(1)(5) at a dose of 2mg/kg to maximum
150mg.(1)(2)(5)(6a)
Continuous infusion if required:
Initiate treatment with a slow IV injection of 2mg/kg over 30 minutes as above, then
administer infusion as follows:-(1)(2)(5)(6a)
First hour: 1.5mg/kg/hour (1)(2)(5)(6a)
Second and later hours: 100-250micrograms/kg/hour until arrhythmia controlled.(1)(2)(5)(6a)
Maximum cumulative dose 600mg/24 hours.(1)(2)(5)(6a)
Do not use IV route for longer than 24 hours.(1)(2)(4)(5)(6a)
Neonate (unlicensed)
Slow IV injection: 1-2mg/kg over 10-30 minutes.(6a)
Continuous infusion if required:
Initiate with slow IV injection of 1-2mg/kg over 10-30 minutes as above.(6a)
Then: 100-250micrograms/kg/hour until arrhythmia controlled.(6a)
Note: To obtain a flecainide 1mg in 1mL solution remove 50mL of fluid from a 500mL
bag of glucose 5% and replace with 500mg (50mL of flecainide)
Table 1
Flecainide infusion rate for first hour at 1.5mg/kg/hour
using a 1mg in1mL solution
40 60 60
50 75 75
60 90 90
70 105 105
80 120 120
90 135 135
Table 2
Flecainide infusion rates in mL/hour for the second and subsequent hours
using a 1mg in 1mL solution
40 4 6 8 10
50 5 7.5 10 12.5
60 6 9 12 15
70 7 10.5 14 17.5
80 8 12 16 20
90 9 13.5 18 22.5
100 10 15 20 25
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5% (1)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Arrhythmias; continuous ECG monitoring required for IV bolus doses.(1)(6a)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Not available (9)
pH:
6.0 to 6.5 (10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Flecainide injection is clear and colourless.(4)
2. Continuous ECG monitoring is recommended in all patients receiving the IV
injection dose.(10)
3. If chloride containing solutions are used for dilution, minimum volume of 500mL
should be used or precipitate may form.(1)(4)
4. Do not freeze, protect from light (during storage only).(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Tambocor® 10mg/mL injection, Meda
Pharmaceuticals. Last revised 01/04/2010
2. Martindale. Accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 09/04/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 09/04/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition 2009, pg 698
5. British National Formulary No. 60 September 2010. Accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf
on 09/04/2010
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003 pg 249
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11accessed via http://bnfc.org/bnfc
on 09/04/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
Intravenous Flucloxacillin
Contains a PENICILLIN.
Important: some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer
to the correct information for the brand used in your Trust.
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Flucloxacillin Flucloxacillin (Wockhardt UK Ltd, Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd, Genus
Pharmaceuticals Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing flucloxacillin 250mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a-c)(5)
Vials containing flucloxacillin 500mg (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a-c)(5)
Vials containing flucloxacillin 1g (as sodium) powder for reconstitution.(1a-c)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-4 minutes.(1a-c)
IV Infusion: No information available from manufacturers.(1a-c) However, the BNF suggests
giving over 30-60 minutes.(5)
“Penicillins are not usually given by continuous infusion because of stability problems and
because adequate plasma and tissue concentrations are best obtained by intermittent
infusion. Where it is necessary to administer them by continuous infusion, detailed
literature should be consulted.”(5)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Wockhardt Ltd: 0.2mL for 250mg, 0.4mL for 500mg, 0.7mL for 1g.(9a)
Genus Pharmaceuticals: 0.2mL for 500mg, 0.4mL for 1g.(9b)
Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd: approximately 0.2mL for 250mg, approximately 0.35mL for 500mg,
approximately 0.6mL for 1g.(9c)
However, for flucloxacillin (as sodium salt), the BNF suggests an infusion volume of
100mL.(5)
STABILITY:
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Anaphylaxis, angioedema, rash and phlebitis.(1a-c)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
500mg in 10mL water for injections is 180mOsmol.(9b)
1g in 15mL water for injections is 240mOsmol.(9b)
2g in 20mL water for injections is 286mOsmol.(9b)
No information.(9a)(9c)
pH:
A 10% solution of flucloxacillin sodium in water has a pH 5 to 7.(2)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC (before reconstitution).(1a-c)
2. Unopened flucloxacillin vials should be protected from light.(9b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics a) Flucloxacillin, Wockhardt UK Ltd, last
revised June 2009
b) Flucloxacillin, Genus Pharmaceuticals, 500mg and 1g strengths, last revised
13/05/2010. 250mg strength last revised 11/05/2010
c) Flucloxacillin, MAH: Bowmed Ltd (distributed by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd), all
strengths last revised 12/04/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/03/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/03/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
Intravenous Fluconazole
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Fluconazole Diflucan®
Generic (Hospira UK Ltd)
Generic (Pliva Pharma Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing fluconazole 200mg in 100mL solution for infusion. (1a)(1c)
Vials containing fluconazole 50mg in 25mL solution for infusion. (1a)(1c)
Bags containing fluconazole 400mg in 200mL solution for infusion. (1b)
Bags containing fluconazole 200mg in 100mL solution for infusion. (1b)
Bags containing fluconazole 100mg in 50mL solution for infusion. (1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Adults: Administer at a rate of 5-10mL per minute (i.e. 10-20mg per minute)
(1a)(1b)(1c)(2)
STABILITY
For single use only, discard any remaining solution. (1a)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%. (10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The infusion solution is iso-osmotic having an osmolarity of 300 to 315mOsmol/L (3)(9)(11)
pH:
pH 4 to 8 (3)(10)(11)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Preservative free therefore infusions are for single use only. (1a)(1b)(1c)
2. Store below 30oC for the Pfizer product (1a) and not above 25oC for the Hospira
product. (1b) No limits given for the Pliva product.(1c)
REFERENCES:
1. a) Summary of Product Characteristics (Diflucan®) last updated April 2007
b) Summary of Product Characteristics (fluconazole - Hospira) last updated
13/12/2007
c) Summary of Product Characteristics (fluconazole - Pliva) lat updated May 2004
2. Martindale accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com on 06/05/2008
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2007
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 13th Edition pg 722
5. British National Formulary No. 55 pg 328
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2008 pg 363
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011 pg 53
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer - reports not available from either
manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Pfizer Ltd
Date contacted: 27/05/2008
10. UCL Hospitals Injectable Drug Administration Guide 2004
11. Accessabilitybybard.co.uk accessed 21/05/2008
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Infusion bottle containing 2.5g flucytosine in 250mL isotonic sodium chloride solution (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS AND CHILDREN:
IV infusion: Infuse over 20-40 minutes. The duration should be balanced with the fluid
requirements of the patient.(1)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Dose of flucytosine in adults and children is 200mg/kg body weight divided into four
doses over 24 hours, i.e., 50mg/kg four times a day, infused over 20-40 minutes.
For example the dose of flucytosine for a 70kg patient would be 3500mg or
350mL of a 2.5g in 250mL solution, four times a day, infused over 20-40 minutes.
The following table shows the doses and volumes required for different patient
weights using flucytosine 2.5g in 250mL solution.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
290-320mOsm/Kg.(9)
pH:
pH = 7 to 7.8;(9) 7.4(10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store flucytosine 2.5g in 250mL between 18oC and 25oC.(1)
2. Precipitation of flucytosine may occur if stored below 18oC while prolonged storage
above 25oC could result in the formation of 5-fluorouracil.(1)(2)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Ancotil 2.5g/250mL Solution for Infusion, last
revised December 2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/11/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/11/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 64, September 2012 accessed via www.bnf.org on
06/11/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via www.bnfc.org on
06/11/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer, expiry 12/03/2012
Intravenous Flumazenil
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Flumazenil Anexate®
Flumazenil (Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd, hameln Pharmaceuticals, Teva
UK, Hikma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing flumazenil 500micrograms in 5mL. Solution for injection or
infusion.(1a-d)
Ampoules containing flumazenil 1mg in 10mL. Solution for injection or infusion.(1b-d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection:
For adults and children: give as a rapid IV injection over 15-30 seconds. Further doses
may be given at 60 second intervals if required.(1a-d)
Due to the extreme pH of this preparation, to avoid possible venous irritation, it may be
advisable to administer via a central venous access device.(13) If this is not possible, use a
freely running established IV infusion line into a large peripheral vein.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5% (1a-d)
Excessive (more than 1mg) and/or rapidly injected doses may induce anxiety, fear,
agitation, dizziness, sweating, tachycardia and palpitations. This is more likely in patients
on long-term and/or high dose benzodiazepines.(1a-d) A slower rate of administration should
be considered for these patients.(2)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage because of a low pH and a risk of local
irritation.(3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality 270 - 300mOsm/kg (9)(10)
pH:
3.5 to 4.5 (1d)(10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store below 25-30oC.(1b)(1c)
2. Do not refrigerate or freeze.(1d)
3. Protect ampoules from light.(1d)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Anexate®, Roche, last updated November 2010
b) Flumazenil Injection, MAH: Bowmed Ltld (distrubuted by Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd),
last updated 29/07/2011
c) Flumazenil injection, hameln, last updated October 2007
d) Flumazenil injection, Teva UK, last updated March 2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/05/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/05/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/05/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 61, March 2011 pg 792, accessed via www.bnf.org
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 pg 796 via www.bnfc.org
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
Intravenous Fosfomycin
Unlicensed in the UK.
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the
correct information for the brand used in your hospital.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Fosfomycin Fosfocina® (Laboratorios ERN - Spain)
Infectofos® (Infectopharm - Germany)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Fosfocina®: Vials containing fosfomycin 1g or 4g (as sodium salt) powder for
reconstitution.(1a)
Infectofos®: Vials containing fosfomycin 2g, 3g, 5g and 8g (as sodium salt) powder for
reconstitution.(1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion:
Fosfocina®: Administer over 60 minutes.(1a)
Infectofos®: Administer over 30 minutes.(1b)
Infectofos®:
Reconstitute 2g infusion bottle with 40-60mL of water for injections or glucose 5%.(1b)
Reconstitute 3g and 5g infusion bottles with 100mL of water for injections or glucose
5%.(1b)
Reconstitute 8g infusion bottle with 200mL of water for injections or glucose 5%.(1b)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage with higher doses of fosfomycin (5g and
over) as these preparations have a high osmolarity.
Infectofos®
Compatibility with solutions other than the recommended diluents (water for injections or
glucose 5%) is not guaranteed.(1b)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Fosfocina®: No data available from manufacturer.(9a)
Infectofos®: 3g vial 511.8mOsmol/L (in 100mL water for injections), 5g vial 880mOsmol/L
(in 100mL of water for injections).(9b) Preferably administer this preparation via a central
venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as it has a high osmolarity.
pH:
Fosfocina®: No data on infusion preparation.(1a)(9a)
Infectofos®: pH value of the reconstituted solution between 6-8.(9b)
Intravenous Furosemide
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Furosemide Lasix® (1a)
(frusemide) Furosemide Injection BP Minijet (UCB) (1b)
Furosemide injection 10mg/mL Wockhardt,(1c) Hameln,(1d)
Goldshield/Antigen,(1e)
Martindale Pharma, Cardinal Health,(1f ) Ranbaxy,(1g) Claris
Lifesciences UK(1h)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing furosmide 20mg in 2mL (1a)(1c-h)
Ampoules containing furosemide 50mg in 5mL (1d-f)(1h)
Ampoules containing furosemide 250mg in 25mL (1d)(1e)
Vials for Minijet Injector containing furosemide 80mg in 8mL (1b)
Vials containing furosemide 250mg in 25mL (1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS:
IV Injection: Give slowly. A rate of 4mg per minute should not be exceeded.(1a-h)(2)
N.B. The BNF states that a rate of 4mg per minute should not usually be exceeded
however a single dose of up to 80mg may be administered more rapidly;(3)(5) a lower
infusion rate may be necessary in those with renal impairment.(1e)(5)
Rate should not exceed 2.5mg per minute in patients with severe renal impairment i.e.
serum creatinine greater than 5mg/dL (442micromoles in 1Litre) (1a)(1c-d)(1g-h)
IV Infusion: Give doses above 50mg by slow intravenous infusion only(5) at a rate not
exceeding 4mg per minute.(1a)(1c-e)(1g)(2)(4)(5)
Rate should not exceed 2.5mg per minute in patients with severe renal impairment i.e.
serum creatinine greater than 5mg/dL (442micromoles in 1L).(1a)(1c-d)(1g-h)
CHILDREN:
IV Injection:
Give over 5-10 minutes at usual rate of 100micrograms/kg/minute (not exceeding
500micrograms/kg/minute).(6a) A maximum rate of 4mg per minute must not be exceeded.
IV Infusion: 100micrograms/kg/hour to 2mg/kg/hour.(6)(6a)
ADULTS:
IV injection: Can be diluted if necessary with sodium chloride 0.9% to aid slow
administration.
IV infusion: For infusion may dilute to 1mg in 1mL with sodium chloride 0.9%.(1b)(1e)(1h)(2)
CHILDREN:
IV injection and IV infusion: May dilute with sodium chloride 0.9% to a concentration of
1-2mg in 1mL.(6a)
EXPIRY TIME TO BE WRITTEN ON THE ‘MEDICINE ADDED’ LABEL:
24 hours.(4)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
IV infusion (ADULTS):
Divide the furosemide dose (mg) by the rate (mg per minute) to calculate the minimum
number of minutes over which the infusion should be given.
The rate of the infusion (in mL per hour) is the volume of the infusion (mL) divided by the
minimum number of minutes it must be given over multiplied by 60.
Example 1
To give 100mg furosemide in 50mL sodium chloride 0.9% at a rate no faster than 4mg per
minute.
100mg must be given over a minimum of 100/4 minutes = 25 minutes. Give 50mL over
minimum 25 minutes.
The infusion rate per hour is 50/25 x 60 = 120mL per hour
Example 2
Add 250mg furosemide in 25mL to 250mL sodium chloride 0.9% to make 250mg
furosemide in about 275mL (Note the volume will be higher because of the overage in the
bag). For an infusion rate of 4mg furosemide per minute:
Give 250mg over a minimum of 250/4 minutes = 62.5minutes
The rate per hour is 275/62.5 x 60 = 264mL per hour
In severe renal failure: To give furosemide at a rate of 2.5mg per minute: 250mg/275mL is
given over a minimum of 250/2.5 = 100 minutes. Rate = 275/100 x 60 = 165mL per hour.
IV Infusion (CHILD):
Examples: To make 1mg in 1mL prepare 40mg furosemide in 40mL sodium chloride
0.9%. Infusion rate of 100micrograms/kg/hour = 0.1mL/kg/hour.
In fluid restriction prepare furosemide 2mg in 1mL sodium chloride 0.9%. Prepare 80mg
furosemide in 40mL so 0.1mL/kg/hour = 200micrograms/kg/hour.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device)
Furosemide diluted to 1mg in 1mL in sodium chloride 0.9% has been found
compatible with the following injections in sodium chloride 0.9%: Aminophylline 1g in
1L, ampicillin sodium 2g in 100mL, calcium gluconate 2g in 1L, dexamethasone sodium
phosphate 4mg in 1mL, digoxin 250micrograms in 10mL, heparin sodium 20units in 1mL,
hydrocortisone sodium succinate 50mg in 1mL, lidocaine 200mg in100mL, meropenem 1g
in 50mL, ranitidine 50mg in 100mL.(4)
Furosemide 10mg in 1mL (i.e. undiluted) with second drug undiluted or diluted in
sodium chloride 0.9% was found compatible with: fentanyl citrate 50microgram in 1mL,
heparin sodium 1000units in 1mL, meropenem 50mg in 1mL, potassium chloride 40mmol
in 1L, tirofiban 50microgram in 1mL.(4)
Incompatible: Solutions of furosemide for injection are alkaline and should not be mixed
or diluted with glucose injection or other (highly(1b)(1h)) acidic solutions(2) or infusion
solutions with a pH below 5.5.(1h)(3)(4)(5)(6a) If the solution pH is below 5.5 pH adjustment has
been recommended.(3)(4) Furosemide is soluble in alkaline solutions(1b)(4) and may
precipitate out of solutions of low pH.(1a)(1c)(1e)(1g)(3) Glucose solutions are not suitable
infusion fluids.(1c-g)(5)(6a)
However furosemide 10mg in 1mL injection mixed with an equal volume of potassium
chloride 40mmol/L in each of glucose 5% injection, Lactated Ringer’s injection and sodium
chloride 0.9% injection was found to be physically compatible for 4 hours.(4)(13)
pH:
pH 8.0 to 9.3 (2)(3)(4)(9a-h)
See link for further information. See link.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect from light during storage.(1a)(1d)(1g)(1h)(2)(3)(4)
2. Do not use solutions with a yellow colour.(3)(4)
3. Do not store above 25oC.(1b)(1d-f) Excursions between 15 and 30oC are permitted.(2)(3)
4. Refrigeration may cause precipitation.(3)(4)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Lasix® injection 20mg/2mL (Sanofi Aventis) revised 27 July 2010
b) Furosemide injection BP Minijet 10mg/mL (IMS) revised September 2009
c) Furosemide 10mg/mL Solution for injection of infusion (Wockhardt UK) revised
21/02/2011
d) Furosemide injection BP (Hameln Pharmaceuticals) revised 19/08/2008
e) Furosemide injection BP (Goldshield/Antigen) revised 13/06/2011
f) Furosemide injection 1.0% (Cardinal Health, Martindale Pharma) revised
03/11/2006
g) Furosemide 10mg/2mL Solution for injection (Ranbaxy) revised 08/01/2009
h) Furosemide 10mg/mL Solution for injection (Claris Lifesciences UK) revised
21/01/2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 07/02/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/01/2012
4. Trissel " Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/02/2012
5. British National Formulary No 62 September 2011, p86-87 accessed via
http://www.bnf.org/bnf/ on 05/02/2012
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12, pg 79 accessed via
http://bnfc/org/bnfc on 05/02/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturers (not used)
Furosemide injection Safety Data Summary UCB reviewed 10/11/2005
Materials Information Sheet Furosemide Injection Hameln revised November 2005
9. a)Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis. Date contacted: 03/01/2012
b) Drug company name: UCB. Date contacted: 28/12/2011
c) Drug company name: Wockhardt. Date contacted: 03/01/2012
d) Drug company name: Hameln Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 29/12/2011
e) Drug company name: Goldshield. Date contacted: 09/01/2012
Intravenous Ganciclovir
The reconstitution and dilution of this product MUST be done in a Pharmacy Aseptic
Unit. Contact Pharmacy for further information.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ganciclovir Cymevene®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Each vial contains 543mg of ganciclovir sodium, equivalent to 500mg ganciclovir (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: over 1 hour, after dilution(1)(3)(4)(5) into a large vein with adequate blood flow,
preferable via a plastic cannula.(1)(3)(4)
Infuse ganciclovir solutions only into veins with adequate blood flow to allow rapid dilution
and distribution.(1)(3)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous
irritation as the preparation has a high pH.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Displacement value is 0.31mL per 500mg vial (9)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(1)(3)(4)(5) or glucose 5%.(5)(10)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION
AND SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Dyspnoea is a very common adverse reaction, which is reported in one in every ten
patients treated with ganciclovir.(1) Common adverse reactions include injection site pain
and chest pain.(1)
Uncommon adverse reactions reported include anaphylactic reactions, arrhythmias and
hypotension.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
May cause tissue damage due to extreme pH.(3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolarity of solutions diluted with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%, containing
approximately 2.5mg of ganciclovir per mL is 310mOsm/kg.(3)
pH:
After reconstitution with 10mL water for injections, pH = 11(1)(3)
After further dilution pH = 9 to 11(3)
OTHER COMMENTS:
Complete blood counts and platelet counts should be monitored during therapy. Increased
haematological monitoring may be warranted in patients with renal impairment.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Cymevene IV, updated 01/02/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
Intravenous Gelatin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Gelatin Gelofusine® Ecobag
Geloplasma®
Isoplex®
Volplex®
Gelaspan®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Gelofusine® (succinylated gelatin 4%) - non PVC plastic bags (Ecobags) containing 500mL or
1000mL.(1a)
Geloplasma® (partially hydrolysed and succinylated gelatin - as anhydrous gelatin 3%) -
plasticized PVC bag 500mL Freeflex (polyolefine) bag 500mL.(1b)
Volplex® (succinylated gelatin 4%) sterile flexible infusion bags 500mL or 1000mL.91c)
Isoplex® (succinylated gelatin 4%) sterile flexible infusion bag 500mL or 1000mL.(1d)
Gelaspan® (succinylated gelatin 4%) - non PVC plastic bags (Ecobags) containing 500mL or
1000mL.(1e)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: The volume and rate of infusion will depend on the condition of the patient.
In severe acute blood loss, 500mL may be given in 5-10 minutes until signs of hypovolaemia are
relieved. When given rapidly it should be warmed to no more than 37oC if possible.(1a)(1c-e)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%,(9) or glucose 5%.(9)
Geloplasma® and Gelaspan® must not be infused through the same infusion line together with
blood or blood products.(1b)(1e)
In the absence of compatibility studies, this medicinal product must not be mixed with other
medicinal products.(1b-e)
SODIUM CONTENT (mmol):
145-154mmol/L (1a-e)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Gelofusine®: 274mOsm/L (1a)
Isoplex®, Volplex® and Gelaspan®: 284mOsm/L (1c-e)
Geloplasma® (cited as osmolality): 295mOsm/kg (1b)
pH:
Range 7.1 to 7.7 (Gelofusine® and Gelaspan®).(1a)(1e)
Range 5.8 to 7.0 (Geloplasma).(1b)
Range 6.9 to 7.9 (Volplex® and Isoplex®).(1c-1d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Shelf life is reduced to 3 months if stored at a constant temperature of 37oC. If the gelatin
has been heated in a warming cabinet it must not be placed back into general stock and
the bag should be marked to indicate the date it should be used by.(9a)
2. The product should not be mixed with citrated blood, but citrated blood can be given
before or after gelatin infusion provided there is adequate flushing of the infusion site.(6)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Gelofusine® Ecobag. Last revised December 2008
b) Geloplasma®. Last reviewed May 2010
c) Volplex®. Last reviewed June 2010
d) Isoplex®. Last reviewed June 2010
e) Gelaspan®. Last revised June 2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 10/09/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 10/09/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
10/09/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 64 accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
26/09/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 10/09/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: B Braun Medical Ltd. Date contacted: 13 September 2012
b) Drug company name: Beacon Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 24 December 2010
c) Drug company name: Fresenius Kabi. Date contacted: 13 September 2012
Version 5
Intravenous Gentamicin
SEE GUIDANCE ON USE OF GENTAMICIN IN ADULTS ON THE NHS LOTHIAN
INTRANET
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Gentamicin Cidomycin®
Genticin®
Gentamicin (Winthrop, Hospira, B. Braun)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Adult injection:
Ampoules or vials containing gentamicin 80mg in 2mL (as sulphate).(1a)(1b)(1e)
Paediatric injection:
Vials containing gentamicin 20mg in 2mL (as sulphate).(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Once daily dose regimen:
IV infusion: Administer the required dose over 30 minutes in adults, using an infusion
pump as per NHS Lothian Gentamicin Policy.
Multiple daily dose regimens, prophylactic dose or synergistic dose (refer to local
unit policies for guidance):
IV injection: Administer by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes/(1a-b)(1d-e)(5)(6)(6a)
IV infusion: Administer required dose appropriately diluted over 20 to 30 minutes using an
infusion pump.(1a-e)(5)(6)(6a)
IV infusion: Dilute with 50-100mL sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a)(1b)(1d)(5) Usual
practice in adults is to dilute the required dose in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose
5%.
The injection is usually colourless to slightly yellow.(1a-b)(1d-f) Intensity of colour is not related
to a loss of potency.(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage because of the low pH of the injection. If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
Do not give gentamicin by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a
medicine additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both
before and after administering the injection.
Gentamicin activity may be impaired by beta-lactam antibiotics. However gentamicin may
be used with penicillins and cephalosporins but the injections should be given at separate
sites.(3)(4)
Compatible with the following diluents in addition to those listed above: glucose
10%, dextran 40, mannitol 20%, Ringer’s solution.(4)
pH:
3 to 5.5 (4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. From July 2010 Some Cidomycin® ampoules were being imported from the Sanofi-
Aventis manufacturing site in Hungary. It was being supplied under the same
product license as the UK preparation and therefore did not have a separate SPC.
Methods of dilution and administration are therefore the same. However, each 2mL
ampoule contains 30.3mg of ethanol (used to dissolve the parahydroxybenzoate).
The following statement has been included on the leaflet “This medicinal product
contains small amounts of ethanol (alcohol), less than 100mg per ampoule” in
keeping with excipient guidelines. Alternate manufacturing site import was required
into 2011, however, this should now be resolved and further imported product
should not be entering the UK supply chain. Cidomycin® vials were unaffected.
2. Constituents:
Cidomycin® contains disodium edetate, methyl parahydroxybenzoate (E2180),
propyl parahydroxybenzoate (E216), sulphuric acid, sodium hydroxide and water for
injections;(1a)
Gentamicin (Hospira) injection contains sodium metabisulphite, disodium edetate,
methyl hydroxybenzoate, propyl hydroxybenzoate, sulphuric acid, sodium hydroxide
and water for injections;(1b)
Gentamicin intrathecal (Winthrop) contains sodium chloride and water for
injections;(1c)
Gentamicin paediatric (Winthrop) contains disodium edetate, methyl
parahydroxybenzoate (E2180), propyl parahydroxybenzoate (E216), sulphuric acid,
sodium hydroxide and water for injections;(1d)
Genticin® contains sulphuric acid and water for injections;(1e)
Gentamicin (Braun) contains disodium edetate, sodium chloride and water for
injections(1f)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Cidomycin®, Sanofi-Avnetis. Last updated 14/09/2010
b) Gentamicin, Hospira UK Ltd. Last updated 14/09/2010
c) Gentamicin (intrathecal), Winthrop UK Ltd. Last updated 01/12/2009
d) Gentamicin (paediatric), Winthrop UK Ltd. Last updated 01/09/2010
e) Genticin®, Amdipharm plc. Last updated 01/12/2010
f) Gentamicin, B.Braun Medical Ltd. Last revised 17/03/2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 14/04/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 14/04/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 14/04/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 61, March 2011 pg 350-1
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 pg 340-1
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis
Date contacted: 29/06/2010
b) Drug company name: Hospira UK Ltd. Date contacted: 29/06/2010
c) Drug company name: Withrop UK Ltd. Date contacted: 29/06/2010
d) Drug company name: Amdipharm plc. Date contacted: 29/06/2010
e) Drug company name: B.Braun Medical Ltd. Date contacted: 29/06/2010
10. Injectable Medicines Administration Guide, 3rd Edition 2010. UCLH NHS Trust
11. DrugDex® Getamicin monograph accessed via http://www.thomsonhc.com/
(subscription required) on 14/04/2011
12. Bard website, accessed via www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk on 14/04/2011
13. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January
2010
Glyceryl trinitrate Glyceryl Trinitrate Solution for Infusion (hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd)
Glyceryl Trinitrate Sterile Concentrate (Hospira UK Ltd)
Nitrocine® (UCB Pharma Ltd)
Nitronal® (Merck Serono)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Products (1mg in 1mL) which can be administered without further dilution
Ampoules containing glyceryl trinitrate 5mg in 5mL(1a)(b)
Ampoules containing glyceryl trinitrate 10mg in 10mL(1b)(1c)
Ampoules containing glyceryl trinitrate 25mg in 25mL(1a)(1b)
Vials containing glyceryl trinitrate 50mg in 50mL(1a-c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
For intravenous infusion only. NEVER administer glyceryl trinitrate by IV bolus injection.
(1a-d)
IV infusion: Administer a 1mg in 1mL solution using an infusion pump. Use a ‘ready diluted’
preparation if available. Titrate the infusion rate to the haemodynamic response. (1)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation
as the preparation has a low pH.(12) If a central venous access device is unavailable a large
peripheral vein can be used; the insertion site must be monitored closely for phlebitis using a
recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(12)
Glyceryl trinitrate is incompatible with polyvinylchloride (PVC); use a polyethylene
syringe/infusion pack and polyethylene coated administration set (see 'Other Comments'
section for further information).(1a)(1b)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
FLUSHING:
IV infusion via a central venous access device: Do not flush the central venous access
device. After the infusion is discontinued, disconnect the administration set, aspirate the
cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
IV infusion via peripheral cannula: Flush the cannula with sodium chloride 0.9% at the
same speed as the rate of infusion to avoid adverse haemodynamic effects.
Cardiac monitoring recommended, including frequent blood pressure and heart rate
monitoring.(6)
Propylene glycol is an excipient in Nitrocine®(1c) and the Hospira(1d) products. In patients with
impaired elimination of propylene glycol, for example young children and those with renal
impairment it has been associated with toxicity.(2)(5) Toxicity includes hypersosmolarity, lactic
acidosis and nephrotoxicity.(2) In children, limiting the infusion of products containing
propylene glycol to 3 days has been recommended.(6) The hameln generic preparations and
the Nitronal® brands of glyceryl trinitrate do not contain propylene glycol.(1b)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH and presence of excipients
propylene glycol(1c)(1d) and ethanol.(1d)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality of Nitrocine® 276-306mOsmol/kg (9c) Infusion of solutions containing propylene
glycol(1c)(1d) can lead to hyperosmolarity.(2)
pH:
3 to 6.5 (9a-d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25°C, keep in the original container. (1a)(1b)(1d)
2. Ethanol is an excipient in the Hospira product.(1d) There have been reports of ethanol
intoxication following high-dose glyceryl trinitrate infusion.(2)
3. Up to 50% of glyceryl trinitrate is reported to be adsorbed onto polyvinyl chloride
(PVC).(1a-d) The use of PVC containing infusion bags and giving sets is therefore not
recommended. However, since the dose of glyceryl trinitrate is titrated to effect, the
clinical significance of this is uncertain.(4) For products containing ethanol, this may
also increase overall ethanol exposure.(2)
4. Glyceryl trinitrate is compatible with polyethylene infusion packs ('Viaflo' infusion bags
from Baxter) polypropylene syringes (e.g. BD Plastipak syringes) and polyethylene
tubing (e.g. Vygon's lectrocath tubing).(11)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Nitronal, Merck Serono Ltd. Last revised 13/12/2011
b) Glyceryl trinitrate solution for infusion, hameln. Last revised 04/06/2009
c) Nitrocine, UCB Pharma Ltd. Last revised 21/01/2009
d) Glyceryl trinitrate sterile concentrate, Hospira UK Ltd. Last revised 31/12/2007
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/05/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/05/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/05/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012 page 127-129, 998
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health
2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 3, 104-105
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. a) COSHH data sheet; Merck Serono January 2008
b) COSHH data sheet; hameln Pharmaceuticals January 2007
Intravenous Granisetron
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Granisetron Kytril®
Granisetron (hameln, Martindale)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing granisetron 1mg in 1mL (as hydrochloride). Concentration for
dilution.(1a-c)
Ampoules containing granisetron 3mg in 3mL (as hydrochloride). Concentrate for
dilution.(1d)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: give by IV injection over at least 30 seconds.(1a-d)
IV infusion: over 5 minutes (1a-d)
CHILDFREN
IV infusion: Dilute in 10-30mL of sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a-d)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
Compatible with the following infusion fluids: Compound sodium lactate (Hartmann's),
sodium chloride 0.18% and glucose 4%, sodium lactate, potassium chloride 40mmol/L in
sodium chloride 0.9% and glucose 5%(1b-d)(9)
SODIUM CONTENT (mmol):
Negligible sodium per 1mg vial.(1b-c)(9)
1.4mmol sodium per 3mg vial.(1d)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
305-318mOsmol/L.(1a-c)
pH:
pH 4 to 6 (1b-d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 30oC.(1a)(1c)(1d) hameln brand must not be stored above 25oC.(1b)
2. Keep ampoules in outer carton to protect from light.(1a-d)
3. Do not freeze.(1a-d)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Kytril ampoules 1mg/mL. Roche, last revised 20/07/2011
b) Granisetron 1mg/mL concentrate for solution for injection or infusion. hameln,
last revised 04/07/2008
c) Granisetron 1mg/mL concentrate for solution for injection. Martindale Pharma,
last revised 12/01/2012
d) Granisetron 3mg/mL concentrate for solution for injection. Mardinale Pharma,
last revised 05/03/2012
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/04/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/04/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/04/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012, pg 264
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012, pg 197
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Roche Products Ltd. Date contacted: 04/04/2012
10. Injectable Medicines Administration Guide. 3rd Edition, University College London
Hospitals
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing haem arginate 250mg in 10mL. Concentrate for solution for infusion.(1)
Use alternate arms each day to limit local perivenous inflammation.(11) The dose should not
exceed 250mg in 24 hours.(1)(2)(5) The manufacturer recommends that the infusion should be
protected from light during administration, if this is not possible, administer immediately after
dilution.(9)
After administration of haem arginate, flush the vein with 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%. Initially
use 3 or 4 bolus injections of 10mL 0.9% sodium chloride and after this infuse the remaining
volume over 10-15 minutes.(1) If vein patency is a problem, dilute the haem arginate in 100mL of
20% human albumin and give over 60 minutes (unlicensed use).(11)
FLUSHING:
sodium chloride 0.9%
Incompatible: Do not infuse with any other medicines or infusions except sodium chloride
0.9%.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality:
6mL of Haem arginate in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% solution: +/- 712mOsm/kg(9)
9mL of Haem arginate in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% solution: +/- 910mOsm/kg(9)
12mL of Haem arginate in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% solution: +/- 1100mOsm/kg(9)
pH:
pH: 8.5 to 9.5.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store in the refrigerator (2-8oC) and protect ampoules from light.(1)
2. Haem arginate contains 1g of ethanol (96%) per 10mL ampoule and propylene glycol
(4000mg/10mL per ampoule).(1) The ethanol content may modify or increase the effect of
other medicines and cause central nervous system side-effects, lactic acidosis, kidney and
liver toxicity, increase in plasma osmolarity, and haemolytic reactions. It may be harmful
for those suffering from epilepsy, brain injury or disease, liver disease, alcoholism as well
as for pregnant woman and children.(1)
3. The dark haem arginate colour may give the plasma an unusual colouring.(1)
4. The manufacturer recommends that haem arginate should be prepared in a glass bottle
because of its slightly faster degradation in PVC plastic containers.(1)
5. Haem arginate is irritant to the veins and may cause thrombophlebitis. Repetitive
peripheral use may lead to the loss of the superficial venous system and the consequent
need for a central line. Central lines may also, in time, become obstructed with haem
deposits. Haem arginate may be administered in 100mL of human albumin (20%) to help
reduce these problems (unlicensed use).(11)
6. See the UKMI Medicines Q and A on NeLM 'How should haem arginate be administered in
the management of acute porpyria?'
Intravenous Haloperidol
Intravenous administration is not the preferred administration route of haloperidol due to
an increased risk of QTc-interval prolongation and other cardiac dysrhythmias
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Haloperidol Haldol®(1a)
Generic - Goldshield(1b)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing haloperidol 5mg in 1mL solution for injection.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV bolus: Give as slow bolus (i.e. 3-5 minutes). Maximum rate 5mg/minute in an emergency.(10)
IV infusion - unlicensed route of administration: Give by continuous infusion with the rate
adjusted according to response. The usual rate of administration in adults is 5-10mg/hour.(3)
For continuous intravenous infusion via a syringe pump (unlicensed) dilute to a suitable volume
with glucose 5% (e.g. 30mg in 50mL).(14)
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
284mOsmol/L for haloperidol 750micrograms/mL in sodium chloride 0.9% .(12)
252mOsmol/L for haloperidol 1mg in glucose 5%.(12) see link.
pH:
2.8 to 3.6(9a)(9b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Parenteral administration not recommended for children (1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Haldol (Janssen-Cilag), last revision 23/04/2010 accessed via
http://www.medicines.org.uk/emc
b) Haloperidol (Goldshield plc), last revision 02/09/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com January 2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com January 2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th edition, accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com
January 2011
5. British National Formulary No. 62
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report - Janssen-Cilag Ltd, May 2007
9. a) Drug company name: Janssen-Cilag Ltd. Date contacted 10/02/2011
b) Drug company name: Goldshield plc. Date contacted: 10/02/2010
10. Adams S. Intravenous use of haloperidol. Hospital Pharmacy, 1987, vol. 22, 306-307
11. Riker RR, Fraser GL, Cox PM. Continuous infusion of haloperidol controls agitation in critically ill
patients. Critical Care Medicine, 1994, vol. 22, no.3, 433-440.
12. Quality Control Department, Imperial College Healthcare NHS Trust.
13. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
14. Paw H, Shulaman R. Drugs in intensive care. 4th edition (2010). Cambridge University Press.
Version 4
Intravenous Heparin
NHS Lothian WARNING: For heparin infusions, always use the ampoules containing a ready
to use solution of heparin sodium 1000units/ml as per NHS Lothian Heparin Infusion Chart.
This solution does not need to be further diluted before administration.
Vials containing heparin sodium 5000 units/ml, for restricted use in agreed clinical areas only.
Vials containing heparin sodium 25000 units/ml for restricted use in agreed clinical areas; and for
use in the preparation of infusions when the ready to use ampoules are not available from
pharmacy. A notification will be sent from pharmacy to advise if this situation arises.
Wockhardt:
1000units in 1mL: 1mL amp, 5mL amp, 5mL vial, 10mL amp, 20mL amp
5000units in 1mL: 1mL amp, 5mL amp, 5mL vial
25000units in 1mL: 0.2mL amp, 1mL amp, 5mL vial
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Administer as an intravenous loading dose according to APTT, followed by a continuous IV infusion
using an infusion pump. (1a)(1b)(4)
Use heparin sodium 1,000 in 1mL.(12)
Administer intravenous bolus injection over 3-5 minutes.(12)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1a)(1b)(4)
Incompatible: (this list is not exhaustive; non-inclusion does not imply compatibility)
Alteplase, amiodarone, amphotericin, atracurium, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, desferrioxamine,
drotrecogin, erythromycin, gentamicin, haloperidol, hydrocortisone sodium succinate, isosorbide
dinatrate, labetalol, nicardipine, tobramycin
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
280-300mOsmol.kg(12)
pH:
Heparin sodium injection has a pH of 5 to 7.5 (4)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Heparin sodium (Leo Pharma) 1000units/mL: 5mL amp, 5mL vial, 10mL amp, 20mL amp.
5000units/mL: 1mL amp, 5mL amp, 5mL vial. 25000units/mL: 1mL amp, 5mL vial. Last revised
November 2007
b) Heparin sodium (Wockhardt), 1000units/mL: 1mL amp, 2mL amp, 5mL amp, 5mL vial, 10mL am p,
20mL amp. 5000units last revised 18/09/2009
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com March 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
March 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 14th Edition pg 833
5. British National Formulary No. 58 September 2009 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf March 2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health; Medicines for Children 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 accessed via http://bnfc.org/bnfc March 2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer -not available for this product
9. a) Drug Company Name: Leo Pharma. Date contacted: 30/03/2010
b) Drug company name: Wockhardt UK Ltd. Date contacted: 09/04/2010
10. Barts and the London NHS Trust, The Royal London Hospital, Heparin IV monograph 2008
11. Injectable Medicines Guide, UCLH, 3rd Edition, 2010
12. Intensive Care Society standards committee, published standard 2010, Medication Concentrations in
Critical Care Areas. For details, go to the Intensive Care Society website, under "Guidance", see link
to Medication Concentrations in Critical Care Areas (2010)See Link
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing hydralazine hydrochloride 20mg powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection:
Give by slow IV injection over at least 5 minutes to avoid over rapid reduction of blood
pressure.(1)(5)(6a)
If necessary, a repeat injection can be given after an interval of 20-30 minutes.(1)(5) In children a
dose can be repeated every 4 - 6 hours as necessary.(2)(3)(6a)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(10) If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit
analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. Administer via an infusion pump.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible (9)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Discard any remaining solution within 24 hours.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1)(9)
Flush the peripheral cannula with sodium chloride 0.9% at the same rate the medicine was
infused to avoid adverse haemodynamic effects.
Do not flush the central venous access device. After the infusion is stopped, disconnect the
administration set, aspirate the cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage as pH is less than 5.(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
308 - 338mOsmol/L (in sodium chloride 0.9%)
pH:
pH 3.5 to 4.2 once reconstituted.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Prepare solution immediately before use.(1)
2. Store below 30oC and protect from light during storage.(1)(2)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Apresoline®, last updated 13/04/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/10/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/10/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 11/10/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 60 September 2010, accessed via http//www.bnf.org/bnf/
on 06/10/2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via http://www.bnfc.org/bnfc
on 11/10/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Amdipharm
Date contacted: 11/10/2010
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010 on
4/2/2011
11. Dade J et al. UKCPA Critical care group Minimum infusion volumes for fluid restricted
critically ill patients. 3rd Ed. 2006. accessed via
http://www.ukcpa.org/ukcpadocuments/9.pdf on 7/12/2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing hydrocortisone 100mg in 1mL (as sodium phosphate) (5)
Ampoules containing hydrocortisone 500mg in 5mL (as sodium phosphate) (5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection (doses less than 500mg; adult patients): Administer by slow IV injection preferably
over 3-5 minutes (manufacturer states it should be given over at least half to one minute).(1)
IV infusion: Can be administered as an infusion after appropriate dilution. [Note: NHS Lothian
advise a suggested concentration of 1mg/mL]. Can be given by continuous infusion.(1)
Following dilution the product should appear colourless to pale yellow and free from visible
particles.(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (5)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information (9)
pH:
pH 7.5 to 8.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Keep ampoules in outer carton. Store below 25oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Efcortesol Injection, Sovereign Medical. Last revised
January 2008
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com on
05/01/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://medicinescomplete.com on 05/01/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://medicinescomplete.com on
05/01/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 62 September 2011, pg 457
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003, pg 313
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 376
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Amdipharm (Sovereign Medical)
Date contacted: 08/02/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing 100mg hydrocortisone (as sodium succinate) powder for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Slow IV injection or IV infusion: Give over 1 to 10 minutes.(1)
Can be given by continuous infusion in children.(6a)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
2mL water for injections added to 0.1mL/100mg vial gives 100mg in 2.1mL.(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available.(9)
pH:
When reconstituted as directed, the pH of the solution will range from 7.0 to 8.0 (1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Hydrocortisone sodium phosphate 100mg/1mL solution for injection (Efcortesol®) is a
ready made solution for administration by slow intravenous injection, intravenous infusion
or by intramuscular injection. It is not recommended for intrathecal use. For intrathecal or
epidural administration use hydrocortisone sodium succinate (Solu-cortef®).
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Solu-Cortef, last revised October 2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://w/ww.medicinescomplete.com on 05/01/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 05/01/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition 2011 pg 838-851
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011, pg 456-457, 860
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 375
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Pfizer
Date contacted: August 2012
Version 5
Intravenous Imipenem with Cilastatin (as sodium salt)
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
Some information in this monograph is brand specific. Ensure you refer to the correct
information for the brand used in your Trust.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Imipenem with cilastatin (as Primaxin®
sodium salt) Generics: Fresenius Kabi Ltd, Hospira UK Ltd, Hickma
(Supplier Kent)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Primaxin® vials containing 500mg imipenem (as the monohydrate) with 500mg cilastatin (as the
sodium salt) powder for reconstitution.(1a)
Fresenius Kabi vials containing 500mg imipenem (as 530mg imipenem monohydrate) and 500mg
cilastatin (as 530mg cilastatin sodium salt).(1c)
Fresenius Kabi vials containing 250mg imipenem (as 265mg imipenem monohydrate) and 250mg
cilastatin (as 265mg cilastatin sodium salt).(1c)
Hospira vials containing 500mg imipenem (as 530mg imipenem monohydrate) and 500mg
cilastatin (as 530mg cilastatin sodium salt).(1d)
Hickma (Supplier Kent) vials containing 500mg imipenem (as 530mg imipenem monohydrate)
and 500mg cilastatin (as 530mg cilastatin sodium salt).(1e)
Fresenius:
Reconstitute each 20mL vial with approximately 10mL of sodium chloride 0.9% from the
appropriate infusion solution. Shake well and transfer the resulting suspension to the infusion
solution container.
Repeat with an additional 10mL of infusion solution to ensure complete transfer of the vial contents
to the infusion solution. Agitate until a clear solution is obtained. The final concentration should be
5mg per 1mL.(1c)
Hospira:
Reconstitute each 100mL vial with 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9%.(1d)
Reconstitute each 20mL vial with approximately 10mL of sodium chloride 0.9% from an
appropriate infusion solution. Shake well and transfer the resulting suspension to the infusion
solution container. Repeat with an additional 10mL of infusion solution to ensure complete transfer
of the vial contents to the infusion solution. Agitate until a clear solution is obtained.(1d)
Hickma:
Reconstitute each 20mL vial with approximately 10mL of sodium chloride 0.9% from an infusion
container of 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%. Shake well and transfer the resulting suspension to the
infusion solution container.
Repeat with another 10mL of infusion solution to ensure complete transfer of the vial contents to
the infusion solution. Agitate the infusion container until a clear solution is obtained. The final
concentration should be 5mg per 1mL (as imipenem).(1e)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
For Primaxin® vials the displacement value is 0.85mL when diluted with 100mL.(9a)
For Fresenius Kabi 500mg vials, the displacement vale is 0.85mL when diluted with 100mL.(9c)
For Hospira vials the displacement value is 1mL when diluted with 100mL.(9d)
For Hickma vials the displacement value is 2mL when diluted with 100mL.(9e)
The concentration recommended for administration is 5mg in 1mL (as imipenem) i.e. dissolve a
500mg vial in 100mL diluent.(1a-e)
FLUSHING:
IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Erythema, local pain, induration, fever, thrombophlebitis, nausea, vomiting, anaphylaxis,
convulsions.(1a-e)
The infusion rate may be slowed in patients who develop nausea during infusion.(1a-e)
Incompatible: Imipenem is incompatible with lactate and should not be reconstituted with diluents
containing lactate.(1a-e)
Imipenem must not be mixed with, or physically added to other antibiotics.(1a-e)
Fresenius imipenem tends to be less stable in glucose solutions.(9c)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Primaxin®: 500mg (as imipenem) in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9%, osmolality = 330mOsm/kg.(9a)
Fresenius: 500mg (as imipenem) in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%, osmolality = 280-
320mOsmol/kg.(9c)
Hospira: 500mg (as imipenem) in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% osmolality = 331-
336mOsmol/kg.(9d)
Hickma: 50mmg (as imipenem) in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9%, osmolality = 335-
337mOsmol/kg.(9e)
pH:
pH 6.5 to 8.5 (1c-d)(9a-b)(9e)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. MSD cannot guarantee that latex has not been used during the manufacturing process of
Primaxin®.(9a) Fresenius and Hickma states that their products are latex free.(9c)(9e) Hospira
state that although mixing and filling operators wear latex gloves, it is unlikely that latex
could be found in the filled product.(9d)
2. Although incompatible with lactate, Primaxin®, Fresenius, Hospira and Hickma products can
be given through IV tubing through which a lactate solution is being infused.(1a-e)
3. Vials that have not been reconstituted should be stored below 25oC.(1a-c)
Intravenous Insulin (soluble), human
Insulin prescriptions must include the term 'units' next to the dose of insulin. Abbreviations
such as “U” or “IU” must not be used (11)(12)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Insulin (soluble), human Humulin S® (prb)
Human Actrapid® (pyr)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials (10mL) containing insulin (soluble), human 100units per mL (1a)(1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Continuous infusion: Administer as a 1unit in 1mL dilution using a syringe pump.(5)(10)
IV injection (for hyperkalaemia): Administer 5-10units insulin with 50mL glucose 50% over 5-15
minutes.(5)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (5)
pH:
pH 6.9 to 7.8 (2)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Preserved with glycerol and m-cresol.(1a)(1b)
2. Loss of drug into bag, plastic syringe or giving set may occur.(2)(4)(5)(9a)
3. If infusion bag is used ensure insulin is not injected into dead space of injection port.(5)
4. Protect from sunlight.(1a)(1b)
5. Store between 2-8oC. Once in use, the vial should be kept between 15-25oC.(1a)(1b)
6. Humulin S® vials may be used for up to 28 days once opened.(1b)
7. Actrapid® vials may be used for up to 6 weeks once opened.(1a)
8. Do not freeze.(1a)(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Human Actrapid®. Date of revision of text 07/12/2007
b) Humulin S®. Date of revision of text 21/04/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 21/04/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information"
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
21/04/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/ on 21/04/2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Novo Nordisk
Date contacted: 10/07/2009
b) Drug company name: Eli Lilly Date contacted: 15/07/2009
10. Towards standardisation of drug infusion concentrations in UK critical care units. M Borthwick et al;
Journal of Intensive Care Society; Vol 10; No. 3; July 2009
11. NPSA/2010/RRR013 Rapid response report 16 June 2010; Safer administration of insulin
12. Rapid Response Report NPSA/2010/RRR013: Safer administration of insulin, June 2010,
Supporting Information
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing isoniazid 50mg in 2mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)(10)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(9)(10)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available.(9)
The drug company recommends water for injections as a suitable diluent, however, it is rarely
used in practice because it is likely to cause hyponatraemia.(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information.(9)
pH:
5.6 to 6.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect from light.(1)
2. Maximum storage temperature is 25oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Isoniazid (Alliance Pharmaceuticals), last updated on
eMC 07/01/2003
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/09/2010. No
information.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/09/2010. No information.
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 09/09/2010. No information.
5. British National Formulary No. 60 accessed 09/09/2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003. No
information.
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed 09/09/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. Material Safety Data Sheet, Isoniazid United States Pharmaceutical Convention, Inc.
30/01/2001
9. Drug company: Alliance Pharmaceuticals
Date contacted: 09/09/2010
10. Injectable Medicine Administration Guide, UCL Hospitals, 3rd Edition 2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 2.25mg isoprenaline sulphate in 2mL. Sterile concentrate for injection.
N.B. Other strengths of isoprenaline sulphate may be in use locally; contact Pharmacy for
information.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Must be diluted before administration.
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection at a rate of 5-20micrograms per minute, adjusted according to
response.(4)
IV infusion: Give at a rate of 0.5-20micrograms per minute using a syringe pump, adjusted
according to response.(2)(4)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as the
preparation has a low pH.
IV infusion: Dilute 2mL (one ampoule of 2.25mg in 2mL isoprenaline sulphate injection) with 500mL
glucose 5%(4) to make a 4.5micrograms per mL solution. Usual concentrations for intravenous
infusion are 2.25-4.5micrograms in 1mL.(3)
More concentrated solutions i.e. 2.25-4.5mg in 50mL glucose 5% are often used in critical care
areas(10) for administration via a central venous access device using an infusion pump.
FLUSHING:
Do not flush the vascular access device. After the infusion is discontinued, disconnect the giving set,
aspirate the cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
Monitor ECG, arterial blood pressure, heart rate, urine flow, central venous pressure, blood pH,
blood pCO2 or bicarbonate, and cardiac output.(3)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
2.25mg in 500ml 5% glucose 280 mOsmol/L (11)
4.5mg in 50ml 5% glucose 327 mOsmol/L (11)
pH:
2.5 - 3(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Isoprenaline sulphate 1.125mg is equivalent to isoprenaline hydrochloride 1mg.(9)
2. Discard the injection if it is pinkish or darker than slightly yellow or contains a precipitate.(3)
3. Protect unopened ampoules from light.(3)
4. Contains sodium metabisulphite.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics - not available
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference". Accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/10/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/10/10
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs". Accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
25/10/10
5. British National Formulary 60
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2008
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report complied by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Torbay PMU
Date contacted: August 2010
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
11. Quality Assurance Department, Charing Cross Hospital
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoule containing ketorolac trometamol 30mg in 1mL solution for injection.(1a-b)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1a-b)
EXTRAVASATION:
As ethanol is an excipient, this product has the potential to cause tissue injury if extravasation
occurs. If extravasation does occur, refer to local treatment policies.
No compatibility data is available, therefore, do not give this medicine by IV injection via a line
being used for an infusion containing a medicine additive without first stopping the running
infusion. Flush the line both before and after giving the injection.
Compatible infusion fluids: Ringer's solution,(1a-b) lactated Ringers,(1a-b) glucose 5%(1a-b) and
sodium chloride 0.9%.(1a-b)
SODIUM CONTENT (mmol):
Toradol ® 10mg in 1mL contains 7.45mg sodium chloride(9a) - this represents 127mmol
Both 30mg in 1mL presentations contain 4.35mg sodium chloride(9a-b) - this represents 74mmol
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Information on osmolarity of ketorolac trometamol ampoule solutions is not available
pH:
5.7 to 6.7 (10mg/mL solution) (2)(8b)
6.9 to 7.9 (4)(9a-b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Onset of analgesic effects approximately 30 minutes.(1a-b) Median duration of analgesia is
generally 4-6 hours.(1a-b)
2. Maximum duration of treatment should not exceed 2 days.(1a-b)(5)
3. Do not store above 30oC.(1b) Do not refrigerate or freeze.(1a)
4. Keep ampoules in the outer carton(1a-b) and protect from light.(1b)(2)(3)(4)
5. Injection contains ethanol, sodium chloride and water,(1a) additionally sodium hydroxide
(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Toradol®, Roche Products Ltd, last revised 21/10/2013
b) Generic, Beacon Pharmaceuticals, last revised 27/03/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/02/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medscape.com on 08/02/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 08/02/2013
5. British National Formulary No. 66, September 2013, pg 837
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. a) COSHH report compiled by manufacturer (Roche) - Safety data sheet for ketorolac
tromethamine 24/08/2010
b) COSHH report compiled by manufacturer (Beacon) - Safety data sheet for ketoralac
tromethamine 09/01/2009
9. a) Drug company name: Roche Products Ltd. Date contacted: 28/02/2012
b) Drug company name: Beacon Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 19/12/2011
Version 5
Intravenous Immunoglobulin, human normal (Kiovig)
Brands of normal human immunoglobulin are not interchangeable.
Record the batch number and expiry date from each bottle used in the patient’s case
notes or on the drug chart
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Immunoglobulin, human normal Kiovig®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing human normal immunoglobulin 100mg in 1mL (10%) solution for infusion:
1g in 10mL
2.5g in 25mL
5g in 50mL
10g in 100mL
20g in 200mL
30g in 300mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Give at an initial rate of 0.5mL/kg/hour for 30 minutes. If well tolerated, gradually
increase the rate of administration to a maximum of 6mL/kg/hour.
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
Adverse reactions include chills, headache, fever, vomiting, nausea, allergic reactions,
arthralgia, low blood pressure and moderate low back pain. These may be related to the
infusion rate. If they occur, reduce the rate or stop the infusion.
Anaphylactic reactions are rare but can occur even in patients who have tolerated previous
treatment with normal immunoglobulin.
Monitoring:
Monitor the patient (temperature, blood pressure, pulse, respiratory rate) before starting the
infusion, throughout the infusion and for 1 hour after the first infusion or 20 minutes after
subsequent infusions.
Monitor urine output and serum creatinine levels. Patients must be well hydrated.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
240-300mOsmol/kg.(9)
pH:
4.6-5.1(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store in a refrigerator (2oC - 8oC). Do not freeze.
2. Keep the vial in the outer carton to protect from light.
3. The product may be stored at room temperature (not more than 25oC) for up to 1 year.
The date of transfer to room temperature and the end of the 1 year period should be
recorded on the outer carton. Once the product has been stored at room temperature do
not return to the refrigerator; discard if not used by the end of the 1 year period.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Kiovig® accessed via www.baxterhealthcare.co.uk
date of revision of text 7/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 21/09/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service (no relevant information)
4. Trissel 'Handbook on Injectable Drugs' accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
21/09/2011
5. British National Formulary no. 62 Sept 2011 accessed via www.bnf.org.uk on 21/09/2011
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via www.bnfc.org on
21/09/2011
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
Intravenous Labetalol hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Labetalol hydrochloride Trandate Injection®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing labetalol 100mg in 20mL (as hydrochloride) solution for injection (1)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Preferably administer via a central venous access device line to avoid potential venous irritation
as the preparation has a low pH.
Administration via a rate controlled infusion pump is advised to facilitate accurate dosage.(3)(4)
ADULTS
IV injection: May be given undiluted by slow IV injection. Maximum rate 50mg per minute
repeated if necessary at 5 minute intervals up to maximum total dose of 200mg until a
satisfactory response occurs.(1)(2)
IV infusion: Dilute in a compatible infusion fluid to 1mg in 1mL.(1)(3)(4) If fluid restricted may be
infused undiluted.(6) Usual maximum rate of intravenous infusion 2mg per minute but refer to
summary of product characteristics for details as rates differ depending on indication.
CHILDREN
IV injection: May be given undiluted by slow IV injection over at least 1 minute.(6)
1 month to 12 years - 250-500micrograms/kg as a single dose; maximum 20mg.(6)(6a)
12 to 18 years - as per adult guidance above.(6)(6a)
IV infusion: Dilute in a compatible infusion fluid to 1mg in 1mL.(6)(6a) If fluid restricted may be
infused undiluted.(6)(6a)
Neonate: 500micrograms/kg/hour adjusted at intervals of at least 15 minutes according to
response; maximum 4mg/kg/hour.(6)(6a)
Child 1 month to 12 years: initially 0.5-1mg/kg/hour adjusted at intervals of at least 15 minutes
according to response; maximum 3mg/kg/hour.(6)(6a)
Child 12 to 18 years: 30-120mg/hour adjusted at intervals of at least 15 minutes according to
response.(6)(6a)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
IV injection: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
IV infusion via a central venous access device: Do not flush. After completion of infusion,
disconnect giving set, aspirate cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
IV infusion via peripheral cannula: Flush the cannula with sodium chloride 0.9% at the same
speed as the rate of infusion to avoid haemodynamic effects.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage as pH is less than 5.(9) If extravasation occurs refer
to local treatment policies.
Keep labetalol infusions separate from other infusions wherever possible. This is due to the
possibility of the second infusion affecting the infusion rate of labetalol and therefore affecting
heart rate and blood pressure.
Incompatible (N.B. Exclusion from this list does NOT assume compatibility):
Incompatible with sodium bicarbonate injection BP 4.2% w/v(1) and sodium bicarbonate 5%.(2)(3)(4)
Immediate formation of precipitate with ceftriaxone, furosemide, heparin, insulin, pantoprazole
and thiopental.(2) A white precipitate has been observed following concomitant infusion of alkaline
drugs and labetalol injection.(3)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)
pH:
pH 3.5 to 4.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. After bolus injection, the maximum hypotensive effect usually occurs within 5 to 15
minutes.(1)(2)(3) Effective duration is usually about 6 hours, but may be as long as 18
hours.(1)(2)
2. The product should be protected from light during storage but there is no requirement to
protect from light during administration.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Trandate® (labetalol) UCB, last revised 02/02/2010
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/01/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/01/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/01/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 58, September 2009, accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/
on 22/01/2010
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnfc on
22/01/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011.
8. COSHH report complied by the manufacturer. Product Safety Data Summary. Trandate®
(labetalol) UCB. Date originally reviewed 10/11/2005
9. Drug company name: UCB Pharma
Date contacted: January 2010
The safety and effectiveness of lepirudin has not been established in children.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
No information.(9)
Continuous IV infusion:
To prepare a final solution for infusion transfer the contents of two reconstituted vials each
containing 50mg lepirudin into a 50mL syringe. Dilute with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% to
a total volume of 50mL giving a final lepirudin concentration of 2mg in 1mL.(1)
EXPIRY TIME TO WRITE ON THE CONTINUOUS INFUSION (PREPARED IN A CLINICAL
AREA) ‘MEDICINE ADDED’ LABEL:
Infusion must be changed at least every 12 hours after the start of the infusion.(1)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
The following tables 1-3shows calculation of the volume for injection, infusion rate and
how to adjust the infusion rate according to the aPTT. See Summary of Product
Characteristics for guidance on dose adjustment in renal impairment.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is not expected to cause tissue damage.(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality 240 to 320mOsm/kg.(9)
pH:
Approximately 7.(1)(4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Safety and effectiveness has not been proven in children.(1)
2. Store unused vials below 25oC.(1)
3. Vial stopper is latex free.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics for Refludan. Celgene Ltd, date last revised 05/02/2007
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
Intravenous Levetiracetam
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Levetiracetam Keppra®
levetiracetam (Sun Uk Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Concentrate for solution for infusion, each 5mL vial contains 500mg of levetiracetam.(1)
The concentrate is a clear, colourless solution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
For infusion only - do not administer by IV injection. (1)
Dilute the recommended dose in at least 100mL of suitable diluent and administer as a 15 minute
IV infusion.(1)(2)(5)(6a)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
All doses up to 2000mg to be given by infusion over at least 15 minutes.
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Concentrate must always be diluted before administration: Concentrate has an extreme
osmolarity and if extravasated is likely to cause tissue damage. If extravasation occurs refer to
local treatment policies.
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device):
Glucose 5%, lactated Ringer's injection and sodium chloride 0.9% (1)
Incompatible: No information available (1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
3610mOm/kg (9)
pH:
pH 5.5 +/- 0.5 (9)
REFERENCES:
1. Compendium of Data Sheets and Summaries of Product Characteristics
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference"
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information"
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs"
5. British National Formulary 59
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2008
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name UCB Pharma:
Date contacted:14/01/09
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass bottle containing 500mg of levofloxacin in 100mL as a clear greenish-yellow solution for
infusion.(1)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer by slow IV infusion via an infusion pump at a rate of not more than 250mg over
30 minutes or 500mg over at least 60 minutes.(1)(5) 750mg (unlicensed dose) should be administered
over at least 90 minutes.(4) Rapid infusion should be avoided because of the potential for
hypotension.(4)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as the
preparation has a low pH.(11) However, this is not requirement requested by the manufacturer.(9)
Alternatively, use a large peripheral vein after agreeing this route with a senior member of medical
staff.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(1)(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH.(1)(9) If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.(10)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible:
Levofloxacin is compatible with the following solutions for infusion: glucose 5%, sodium chloride
0.9%,(1) glucose 5% in sodium chloride 0.9%.(4)
Levofloxacin is compatible at the Y site with: amikacin, aminophylline, ampicillin, anidulafungin,
bivalirudin, caffeine citrate, cefotaxime, cimetidine, clindamycin, daptomycin, dexamethasone sodium
phosphate, dobutamine, dopamine, epinephrine, fentanyl, morphine sulphate, gentamicn, lidocaine,
linezolid, metoclopramide, phenobarbital sodium, sodium bicarbonate, vancomycin.(4)
Incompatible:
aciclovir,(1) azithromycin,(4) drotecogin alfa, furosemide, heparin, propofol.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The infusion isotonic.(4)(9)
pH:
4.3 to 5.3 for the undiluted bottle,(9)
4.6 to 4.7 (5mg in 1mL) in glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% solutions.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Monitor renal function carefully, although rare levofloxacin can cause acute renal failure.(1) See
the SPC for dose adjustments in renal impairment.
2. Caution is advised in patients with known risk factors for QT interval prolongation.(1)
3. If diarrhoea is severe, persistent and or bloody during or after treatment may be symptomatic of
Clostridium difficile-associated disease be indicative of enterocolitis, including
pseudomembranous colitis.(1)
4. Store at room temperature in the outer carton to protect product from light.(1)(4)(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics eMC last revised May 2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com, Aug
2010.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com, Aug 2010.
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com, Aug 2010.
5. British National Formulary No.59, 2010
Intravenous Levomepromazine
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Levomepromazine Nozinan® (Sanofi- Aventis)
(methotrimeprazine)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing levomepromazine 25mg in 1mL (as hydrochloride).(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS
Slow IV bolus injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)(2)
CHILDREN
Continuous IV infusion: Administer over 24 hours.(2)(6a)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
If extravasation occurs, refer to local treatment policies.(10)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible:
Alfentanyl.(12) Diamorphine stable and compatible(1)(12) for up to 24 hours.(4) Glycopyronium,(12)
hydromorphone,(4)(12) hyoscine buytylbromide,(12) hyoscine hydrobromide and midazolam in
combination.(9)(12) Morphine sulphate, morphine tartrate,(12) oxycodone.(4)(12) Y-Site compatibility
includes fentanyl and methadone. Metoclopramide may be added to syringe pumps(4)(11) but
combination is not generally recommended, e.g. seek specialist advice when combining multiple
anti-emetics.
Incompatible:
Heparin sodium, ranitidine hydrochloride.(4) Incompatibility may occur with dexamethasone,
ketorolac, octreotide. Use with caution in syringe pumps, compatibility may depend on order of
mixing or drug concentration, seek specialist advice.(12)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Solutions in sodium chloride 0.9% are isotonic.(4)(11)
137mOsmol/L as the 25mg/mL ampoule(13)
301mOsmol/L as 25mg in 25mL sodium chloride 0.9% See link(13).
pH:
3-5 as the 25mg/mL ampoule(2)(9)(4)
4.8 as 25mg in 25mL sodium chloride 0.9% See link(13).
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Dilutions in sodium chloride 0.9% stable for 24 hours.(1)
2. Protect from light, discard if pink or yellow discolouration of solution.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Nozinan, last revised April 2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com,
Sept 2010.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com, Sept 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs", accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com, Sept
Intravenous Linezolid
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Linezolid Zyvox®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Infusion bags containing linezolid 600mg in 300mL (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Administer over a period of 30 to 120 minutes using an infusion pump.(1)
Stability
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
290mOsmol/L.(9)
pH:
pH 4.8 (Range 4.4 to 5.2).(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Each 1mL of the solution contains 45.7mg glucose (i.e. 13.7g in 300mL). This should be
taken into account in patients with diabetes mellitus or other conditions associated with
glucose intolerance.(1)
2. Linezolid ready-to-use solutions may exhibit a yellow colour that can intensify over time
without affecting the stability of the drug.(4)
3. For single use only. Intact containers should be kept in their protective overwrap until ready
to use. Check for minute leaks by squeezing the bag firmly. If the bag leaks do not use as
sterility may be impaired.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Zyvox®, Pharmacia Ltd. Date of revision of text
09/11/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
30/02/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 30/03/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
30/03/2012
5. British National Formulary No 63 March 2012 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf/ on 30/03/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children"2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnfc/ on
30/03/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer. Version 2.1 revised 24/10/2011
9. Drug company name: Pharmacia. Date contacted: 12/04/2012 (personal communication)
10. Patient Information Leaflet, Zyvox®, Pharmacia, accessed 30/03/2012
11. National Extravasation Service, www.extravasation.org.uk, accessed on 30/03/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing liothyronine sodium 20micrograms powder for reconstitution (1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
No information.(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(10)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to high pH.
pH:
8.5 to 11.5.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC. Protect from light.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Liothyronine sodium 20micrograms injection,
Mercury Pharmaceuticals (Supplier Amdipharm Mercury Company Ltd), last revised
23/10/2012
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com. Date accessed
03/06/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 03/06/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs"
5. British National Formulary No. 65 March 2013 page 460
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer - not available
9. Drug company name: Amdipharm Mercury Company Ltd. Date contacted: 03/06/2013
10. Injectable Drug Administration Guide, UCLH. Third Edition 2010, pg 225
11. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
Version 4
Intravenous Lorazepam
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Lorazepam Ativan®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing lorazepam 4mg in 1mL (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Administer slowly.
Adults: Give by slow IV injection into a large vein at a maximum rate of 2mg per minute(2)(5) except
in the control of status epilepticus where rapid injection is required.(1)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% (1)
The manufacturer lists water for injections as a suitable diluent for preparing an infusion: use of
water for injections is not generally recommended as its use is likely to cause hyponatraemia.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)
pH:
No information available (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store in fridge and transport refrigerated.(1) May only be taken out of fridge immediately prior
to administration for a maximum of 30 minutes. Do not use If out of fridge for longer than
30 minutes. (9) N.B. This may cause problems with the transporting of lorazepam from
pharmacy to the wards.
2. Should not be administered into small veins(1) or administered by intra-arterial injection since
arteriospasm can occur.(3)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Ativan®, last updated 22/08/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 37th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 16/12/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 16/12/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 16/12/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012, pg 223, 309, 824
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012, page 234
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
Intravenous Magnesium sulphate
WARNING: Magnesium sulphate 50% must ALWAYS be diluted before use.
NHS Lothian Local IV Monograph
For treatment of eclampsia and foetal neuroprotection in pre-term birth see Reproductive Medicine
Policies.
For Oncology patients see Edinburgh Cancer Centre Guidelines.
For Acute Emergencies requiring magnesium sulphate see NHS Lothian Adult Medical Emergency
Handbook.
All available on the NHS Lothian Intranet.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection:
Give magnesium sulphate 10% solution by slow IV injection. In adults administer at a rate of no
more than 1.5mL (0.6mmol) per minute.(4)
IV Infusion:
For treatment of hypomagnesaemia in adults: Give at a rate not greater than 1.5mL/minute using a
10% solution or 3mL/minute using a 5% solution.(3)(5)
Preferably administer concentrations of 5% and above via a central venous access device to avoid
potential venous irritation as the preparation has a high osmolarity.(12)
For peripheral cannula administration it may be preferable to dilute the magnesium chloride 50%
with an equal volume of sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% before administration.
FLUSHING:
IV injection or infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
Monitor blood pressure, respiratory rate, heart rate, magnesium, calcium and other electrolyte
plasma levels, fluid balance and ECG.(1d)(2)
Magnesium levels should be measured 1-2 hours after the end of the infusion.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation of concentrations of magnesium sulphate of 10% and above is likely to cause tissue
damage due to high osmolarity. Administer via a central venous access device if possible. If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
50% injections: No information available from the manufacturers (9a-c) The 50% solution has a
calculated osmolarity of 4060mOsm/L(4)
pH:
10% and 50% injections: 5.5 to 7.(4)(9a-c)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Magnesium sulphate 1g is equivalent to approximately 4mmol magnesium (Mg2+).(5)'
2. Magnesium sulphate must be used with caution in patients suspected of or known to have
renal impairment.(1a-e)
3. Do not store above 25oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Magnesium Sulphate injection BP 50%, Aurum (Martindale Pharma), last revised
15/05/2008
b) Magnesium Sulphate injection BP 50%, Auden McKenzie, last revised 28/08/2009
c) Magnesium Sulphate injection BP 50%, South Devon Healthcare, last revised June 1999
d) Magnesium sulphate injection 50%, UCB Pharma Ltd, last revised September 2010
e) Magnesium Sulphate injection BP Minijet 50%, International Medication Systems (UCB
Pharma Ltd), last updated November 2005
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/05/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/05/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
04/05/2012
5. British National Formulary No 62, accessed via www.bnf.org on 04/05/2012
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12 accessed via www.bnf.or/bnfc on
04/05/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin "Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion
systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011"
Intravenous Meropenem
Contains a PENICILLIN-like structure
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Meropenem Meronem® (AstraZeneca)
Generic (Hospira, Sandoz)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing meropenem 500mg, 1g powder for reconstitution (as trihydrate).(1a-e)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion is preferred for doses over 1g (adults) or 20mg/kg (children); there are limited safety data
available to support the administration of a 2g dose (adults) or 40mg/kg (children) as an intravenous
injection.(1a-e)
Shake the reconstituted solution before use;(1a-e) reconstituted solutions are clear, and colourless to
yellow.(1b-e)(4)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
0.4mL for 500mg and 0.9mL for 1g of meropenem (Meronem®).(9a)
0.42mL for 500mg and 0.95mL for 1g of meropenem (Hospira).(9b)
0.5mL for 500mg and 1mL for 1g meropenem (Sandoz).(9c)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
When reconstituted with water for injections to a concentration of 50mg in 1mL
365mOsmol/kg (Meronem®).(9a)
420 to 471mOsmol/kg (Hospira).(9b)
pH:
7.3 to 8.3 after reconstitution.(4)(9a-b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The product and packaging do not contain latex, however the product is manufactured in units
where staff wear latex gloves, therefore the vial and outer packaging may have come into
contact with latex during some part of the manufacturing process. (Meronem® and Hospira
products).(9a-b)
2. Do not store vials above 30oC;(1a) do not freeze the reconstituted solution.(1a-e)
3. Excipients: anhydrous sodium carbonate.(1a-e)
4. Vials are for single use only.(1a-e)
Intravenous Mesna
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Mesna Mesna (Baxter)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing mesna 400mg in 4mL solution for infusion
Ampoules containing mesna 1000mg in 10mL solution for infusion.(1)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Give over 15 to 30 minutes.(1)
Continuous IV infusion: Give over 12 or 24 hours. The method of administration depends on the
patient's chemotherapy regimen.(1)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Use within 24 hours. (4)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1242mOsmol/L (undiluted).(9)
pH:
pH 7.5 to 8.5 (4)(8)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store below 30oC.(1)
2. Protect ampoules from light.(1)
3. Mesna may cause a false positive for ketones in urine. Colour reaction for ketones is reddish
purple rather than purple.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Date of revision of text 06/04/2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition 2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 14/09/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 14/09/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 61 March 2011
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2007
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer. Material Safety Data Sheet, Mesna Injection.
Baxter Healthcare. Revised 11/05/2008
9. Drug company name: Baxter
Date contacted: 18/11/2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
40mg, 125mg, 500mg, 1g, 2g all vials containing powder for reconstitution. All provided with solvent
(water for injections) for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Adults
IV injection: (doses up to 250mg) over a period of at least 5 minutes.(1)(2)(5)
IV infusion: (doses over 250mg) over at least 30 minutes.(1)(2)(5)
Children
All doses for children should be given over 30 minutes.(6)(6a)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
40mg vial = 0.046mL (i.e. after adding the 1mL solvent provided, the final volume = 1.046mL) (9)
125mg vial = 0.143mL (i.e. after adding the 2mL solvent provided, the final volume = 2.143mL) (9)
500mg vial = 0.57mL (i.e. after adding the 7.8mL solvent provided, the final volume = 8.37mL) (9)
1g vial = 1.14mL (i.e. after adding the 15.6mL solvent provided, the final volume = 16.74mL (9)
2g vial = 2.29mL (i.e. after adding the 31.2mL solvent provided, the final volume = 33.49mL) (9)
Children
Doses for children may be diluted in sodium chloride 0.9% or 0.45% or glucose 5% or 10%.(6a)
EXPIRY TIME TO WRITE ON THE CONTINUOUS INFUSION (PREPARED IN A CLINICAL
AREA) ‘MEDICINE ADDED’ LABEL:
Do not use any prepared infusion more than 24 hours after preparation. (4)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
Incompatible:
Ciprofloxacin, cisatracurium, potassium chloride, propofol (4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
When reconstituted with the volume of solvent supplied with the vial
40mg in 1mL solution = 500mOsm/L
62.5mg per 1mL solution = 400mOsm/L (4)(9).
pH:
pH 7 to 8 (4)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. For the treatment of acute spinal cord injury give 30mg/kg methylprednisolone intravenously
over 15 minutes, followed by a 45 minute pause and then a continuous infusion of
5.4mg/kg/hour for 23 hours. Begin treatment within 8 hours of injury (information taken from
Intravenous Methylthioninium chloride (methylene blue)
Feb 2012: Methylene Blue Injection USP 1% w/v was previously the only product available in
the UK. (13) N.B. This is a different strength to the Proveblue product (0.5% w/v) which is now
available.(1)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Methylthioninium chloride Methylthioninium chloride (Proveblue) (Martindale)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing 50mg methylthioninium chloride in 10mL (0.5%w/v)(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Due to extreme pH administer if possible, via a central venous access device.(12)
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5%(1)
The MHRA have issued the following advice on use of methylthioninium chloride:-(14)
- Methylthioninium chloride by the intravenous route is approved only for drug-induced
methaemoglobinaemia in adults at a dose of 1–2mg/kg
- Off-label use of methylthioninium (including use in parathyroid localisation or its use at doses
exceeding the licensed dose) should be carefully evaluated in view of the potential for CNS toxicity
- Intravenous methylthioninium chloride should be avoided in patients who have been treated
recently with serotonergic antidepressants, including SSRIs, clomipramine, and venlafaxine
- If use of intravenous methylthioninium chloride cannot be avoided, the lowest possible dose
should be used and the patient observed closely for CNS effects for up to four hours after
administration
- If features of CNS toxicity develop after use of methylthioninium, the patient should be monitored
closely and given supportive care
EXTRAVASATION:
Tissue damage likely due to low pH (11)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Between 10 and 15 mOsm/Kg (1)
pH:
3 to 4.5 (1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not administer by intra-spinal injection or subcutaneous injection.(1)
2. Use immediately on opening.(1)
3. Store below 25oC. Do not freeze or refrigerate.(1)
4. Keep ampoules in original package to protect from light.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Methylthioninium chloride (Proveblue) injection.
Provepharm SAS (distributed by Martindale Pharmaceuticals Ltd) last updated October 2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition 2009 page 1450
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/07/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
06/07/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59, March 2010
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer - not available
9. Drug company name: Martindale Pharma, Date contacted: 06/07/2010; February 2012
Intravenous Metoclopramide hydrochloride
(10)
August 2013: Changes recommended by MHRA will not necessarily be reflected in
manufacturers SPC and package insert.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Metoclopramide hydrochloride Maxolon®, Metoclopramide (Ennogen, hameln, Mercury)
Maxolon High Dose®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing metoclopramide hydrochloride 10mg in 2mL (1a)(1c-e)
Ampoules containing metoclopramide hydrochloride 100mg in 20mL (1b)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(4)(5)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
270-310mOsmol/kg (hameln).(9b)
292.5mOsmol/L (Ennogen).(9d)
No information available for Amdipharm and Mercury preparations.(9a)(9c)
pH:
Maxolon High Dose®: pH 5 to 6.5.(9a)
Metoclopramide 10mg in 2mL preparations: pH 3 to 5.(9a-d)
For further information please see link below.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect metoclopramide ampoules from light. Ampoules removed from their carton should
be stored away from light.(1a-e) If inadvertent exposure occurs, ampoules showing
discolouration must be discarded.(1a-b)
2. Protect diluted solutions from light during infusion. Degradation is indicated by a yellow
discolouration. Such solution must not be used.(1c)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Maxolon Injection, Amdipharm, text last revised 31/01/2011
b) Maxolon High Dose, Amdipharm, text last revised 31/01/2011
c) Metoclopramide, hameln, text last revised December 2011
d) Metoclopramide, Mercury Pharma, text last revised 05/08/2011
e) Metoclopramide, Ennogen, text last revised 16/03/2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 13/10/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 31/10/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook of Injectable Drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
07/11/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 64, September 2012, pg 259-260 and 990
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
Intravenous Metronidazole
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Metronidazole Flagyl®, Generic (Braun, Baxter)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Flagyl glass bottle containing 500mg metronidazole in 100mL Solution for Infusion.(1a)
Flagyl Viaflex minibag or Viaflex mini-bag plus containing 500mg metronidazole in 100mL
Solution for Infusion.(1a)
Ecoflec plus® bottles of low density polyethylene containing 500mg metronidazole in 100mL
Solution for Infusion.(1b)
Viaflo® bag composed of polyolefin/polyamide plastic containing 500mg metronidazole in
100mL Solution for Infusion.(1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion:
Adults: Administer at a rate of 5mL/minute (25mg/minute) which is 500mg in 100mL over a
minimum of 20 minutes.(1a-c)(10)
Infusion bag is already diluted.(1a-c)(10)
Children: Administer calculated dose over 20-30 minutes.(6a)
FLUSHING:
IV infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (9)
Monitoring:
Regular clinical and laboratory monitoring (especially leucocyte count) are advised if
administration of metronidazole for more than 10 days is considered to be necessary.(1a-c)
Patients should be monitored for adverse reactions such as peripheral or central neuropathy
(such as parasthesia, ataxia, dizziness and convulsive seizures).(1a)
EXTRAVASATION:
No extreme pH/osmolarity. Refer to local treatment policy.
Incompatible:
Amphotericin,(4) co-amoxiclav,(4) penicillin G potassium,(1a), compound sodium lactate
(Hartmann's),(1a)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The infusion solution has an osmolarity of 308-314mOsm/L(1c)(4)
pH:
Metronidazole ready to use has a pH of 5.8 (range 4.5 to 6).(1c)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store below 25oC, protect from light.(1a-c)(4)
2. Discard any unused portions.(1a-c)
3. Do not reconnect partially used containers.(1a-c)
4. Metronidazole in Viaflo bag: Do not remove from overpouch until ready to use.(1c)
5. Any one of amikacin, cefotaxime, ceftazidime or cefuroxime may be added to an infusion
of metronidazole.(10)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Flagyl 500mg in 100mL solution for infusion, Winthrop Pharmaceuticals UK Ltd, last
revised 11/05/2011
b) Metronidazole 500mg in 100mL solution for infusion, B.Braun Melsung AG. Last
revised February 2004
c) Metronidazole 500mg in 100mL intravenous infusion, Baxter Healthcare Ltd, last
revised April 2011
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/03/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2011, accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/03/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/03/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63 March 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012; page 296
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
Intravenous Midazolam
Caution - Risk of overdose when administering for conscious sedation(10)
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Midazolam Hypnovel® (Roche).
Midazolam (Mercury Pharma (was Goldshield), Martindale Pharma, hameln,
Accord, Wockhardt, Auden McKenzie)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing midazolam hydrochloride 1mg in 1mL; 1mg in 1mL,(1c) 2mg in 2mL,(1b)(1d)
50mg in 50mL,(1d)(1e) 10mg in 10mL,(1b) 50mg in 50mL.(1f)
Ampoules containing midazolam hydrochloride 2mg in 1mL; 2mg in 1mL,(1b)(1d) 10mg in 5mL,(1a-
c)(1g)
50mg in 25mL,(1b-c) 100mg in 50mL.(1b)(1f)
Ampoules containing midazolam hydrochloride 5mg in 1mL; 5mg in 1mL,(1b)(1e) 10mg in 2mL,(1a-
c)(1g)
15mg in 3mL,(1b)(1e) 25mg in 5mL,(1b) 50mg in 10mL,(1b-c)(1e) 90mg in 18mL.(1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Conscious sedation:
A NPSA Rapid Response Report has been issued in relation to inadvertent overdose when
midazolam is used for this indication.(10) See ‘Other Comments’ section for more information.
Adults:
The initial dose is administered 5 to 10 minutes before the procedure, by slow intravenous
injection over at least 30 seconds. Onset of action is approximately 2 minutes, maximum effect is
seen in about 5 to 10 minutes. Further small doses can be administered as necessary. Ensure
correct presentation of midazolam is used to reduce the risk of overdose.(1a)
Children:
The initial dose of midazolam should be administered over 2 to 3 minutes. Wait an additional 2 to
5 minutes to fully evaluate the effect.
Induction of anaesthesia:
Adults:
The anticipated total dose for induction should be given slowly in increments. Each increment
should be given slowly over at least 20 to 30 seconds, allowing 2 minutes between successive
increments.(1a)
Resuscitation facilities should always be available and a second person, fully trained in the use of
such equipment, always present. Flumazenil should always be available.
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as the
preparation has a low pH.(14) If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit
analysis should be made on an individual patient basis. If given peripherally, the insertion site
must be monitored closely for phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(14)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5%(4) or sodium chloride 0.9%(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to local
treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
185 to 310mOsmol/kg (9b)(9d)
pH:
2.9 to 3.7 (9a-e)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Risk of overdose of midazolam in adults when it is given for conscious sedation prior to
procedures such as dentistry, endoscopy and minor operations. Give small incremental
doses as detailed under 'Method and Administration.' Use only ampoules containing
1mg/mL for this indication. Ensure flumazenil is always available.(10)
2. Preparations containing midazolam 2mg/mL and 5mg/mL should only be stocked and used
for general anaesthesia, intensive care, palliative medicine and in other areas in which it
has been formally risk assessed.(10)
3. Midazolam is a Schedule 3 Controlled Drug (CD). Midazolam is exempt from storage
requirements, i.e. does not need to be stored in a CD cupboard.(12)Do not store above
25oC.(1b-d)
4. Keep in the outer carton, protect from light during storage.(1a-e)
5. There is no evidence of adsorption of midazolam on to the plastic of infusion apparatus or
syringes.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Hypnovel, Roche, last revised April 2012
b) Midazolam injections, Hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd, last revised 09/12/2010
c) Midazolam injection, Mercury Pharma Group (Goldshield), last revised February 2012
d) Midazolam injection, Wockhardt, last revised October 2008
e) Midazolam Injections, Accord Healthcare, last revised 21/7/2011
f) Midazolam injection, Martindale Pharma, last updated January 2009
g) Midazolam injection, Auden McKenzie, last revised 06/06/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc on 11/07/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com/mc on 11/07/2012
4. Trissel 'Handbook on injectable drugs' 16th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012, pg 824-825, 999
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric Health 2003, pg 412-
415
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012, pg 638-639
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. European Pharmacopoeia Commission Safety Data Sheet. Date of revision 04/01/2006
9. a) Drug company name: Roche. Date contacted: 24/05/2012
b) Drug company name: hameln. Date contacted: 18/05/2012
c) Drug company name: Mercury Pharma Group (Goldshield). Date contacted: 16/05/2012
d) Drug company name: Wockhardt. Date contacted: 19/05/2012
d) Drug company name: Accord Healthcare. Date contacted: 19/05/2012
10. Reducing risk of overdose with midazolam injection in adults. Rapid Response Report.
NPSA/2008/RRR011. Reducing risk of overdose with midazolam injection in adults
11. A survey to inform standardisation of intravenous medication concentrations in critical care.
M Borthwick et al. Journal of the Intensive Care Society 2007;8:92
12. Medicine, Ethics and Practice. Edition 36 July 2012. Royal Pharmaceutical Society of Great
Britain.
13. Standard concentrations for infusions used in critical care areas. The Intensive Care
Society website (2010) See Link
14. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
15. Chemical and Physical Compatibility of Continuous Intravenous Drug Infusion
Combinations used in Paediatric Intensive Care. Andy Fox, Marisa van der Merwe et al.
Presented at NPPG annual conference Nov 2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 10mg in 10mL (as lactate).(5)
50mL pre-filled syringes containing milrinone in various different concentrations are available as
an NHS 'special '(see ProFile in 'CURRENT SUPPLIERS' section).
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(10)
Administer using an infusion pimp.
The loading dose can be given diluted (see below) or undiluted if the patient is fluid
restricted.(5)(6a) Milrinone can be given undiluted as long as the giving set used is of high enough
accuracy to ensure that the dose given in terms of micrograms/kg/minute does not exceed that
quoted in the SPC.
Patients should be monitored closely.(9)
Renal impairment: dosage adjustment required.(1)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation may cause tissue damage as the pH is less than 5. If extravasation occurs refer
to local treatment policies.(11)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Milrinone solution is isotonic (9)
pH:
3.2 to 4.0 (4)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 25oC, do not freeze.(1)
REFERENCES:
Intravenous Iron isomaltoside 1000 (Monofer)
The MHRA issued updated advice (see 'Method of Administration' below) on administration
and monitoring of intravenous iron preparations dated August 2013 which is included in
this monograph but may not be reflected in the package insert.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Iron isomaltoside 1000 Monofer®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing 100mg/mL iron isomaltoside in 1mL, 5mL and 10mL
IV infusion
Doses of 200mg to 1000mg can be administered once every week as an intravenous infusion until
the total iron dose has been administered. The rate of infusion is dependent upon the dose as
follows:(1)
- Doses of 0-5mg iron/kg body weight must be infused over 15 minutes.
- Doses of 6-10mg iron/kg body weight must be infused over 30 minutes.
- Doses of 11-20mg iron/kg body weight must be infused over 60 minutes.
New advice from the MHRA: Recommendations to manage and minimise risk of serious
hypersenstivity reactions. Issued August 2013. See link below
For IV infusion
Add total required dose to 100mL to 500mL sodium chloride 0.9%.(1)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(1)
Total dose infusion (TDI) has been associated with an increased incidence of adverse reactions, in
particular delayed hypersensitivity-like reactions. The intravenous administration of Monofer® by
the total dose infusion method should be restricted to hospital use only.(1)
Parenteral iron should be used with caution in case of acute or chronic infection. Monofer®
should not be used in patients with ongoing bacteraemia.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1000mOsmol/kg.(9)
pH:
Between 5.0 and 7.0.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
Store vials below 30oC.(1)
Intravenous Morphine sulphate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Morphine sulphate Non-proprietary available from:
hameln
Wockhardt
Cardinal Health Martindale
Torbay Manufacturing Unit
UCB Pharma Ltd
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ready to use preparations (for injection):
Ampoules containing morphine 10mg in 1mL.(1a)(1b)(1e)(1h)
Ampoules containing morphine 15mg in 1mL.(1c)(1f)(1i)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection:
Slow intravenous injection at a maximum rate of 2mg/minute.(5)
Use low strength morphine ampoules only, e.g. morphine 10mg/mL, to reduce the risk of
overdose.(10)
N.B The patient may not require the contents of the whole ampoule selected for use. Check the
dose is appropriate for the patient before administration
IV infusion:
Adults: Start at 1-2mg/hour.(1a)
Use ready to use infusion preparations where available.
IV Infusion: Use 50mg in 50mL or 100mg in 50mL.(11) If ready to use preparations are unavailable
use 30mg/mL preparation to prepare the infusion.(10) Dilute the required amount with sodium
chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Ampoules may have a low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment protocols.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
270 to 310mOsmol/kg.(9a)
pH:
2.5 to 6.5.(9a-e)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The NPSA have highlighted the potential risk of administration of high doses of morphine
(30mg or more) to patients who have not previously received opiates.(10) This has most often
occurred as a result of morphine 30mg ampoules being selected in error, instead of lower
strength ampoules, resulting in overdose. Higher strength ampoules, for example morphine
30mg/mL, must be stored separately from lower strength ampoules and used only to prepare
infusion or PCA syringes.
2. The hameln pharmaceuticals product does not contain sodium metabisulphite.(1a)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Morphine sulphate injection 10mg/mL, hameln pharmaceuticals, last updated 23/12/2010
b) Morphine sulphate 10mg/mL injection, Wockhardt UK Ltd, last updated 17/03/2010
c) Morphine sulphate 15mg/mL injection, Wockhardt UK Ltd, last updated 17/03/2010
d) Morphine sulphate 30mg/mL injection, Wockhardt UK Ltd, last updated 17/03/2010
e) Morphine sulphate 10mg/mL injection, Macarthys Laboratories Ltd T/A Martindale
Pharmaceuticals, last updated 19/02/2008
f) Morphine sulphate 15mg/mL injection, Macarthys Laboratories Ltd T/A Martindale
Pharmaceuticals, last updated 02/2003
g) Morphine sulphate injection 30mg/mL, Macarthys Laboratories Ltd T/A Martindale
Pharmaceuticals, last updated 02/2003
h) Morphine sulphate injection 10mg/mL, Auden McKenzie Ltd, last updated 17/02/2011
i) Morphine sulphate injection 15mg/mL, Auden McKnezie Ltd, last updated 17/02/2011
j) Morphine sulphate injection 30mg/mL, Auden McKenzie Ltd, last updated 17/02/2011
k) Morphine sulphate 1mg/mL injection, Torbay Manufacturing Unit, last updated 11/2003
l) Morphine sulphate 2mg/mL injection, Torbay Manufacturing Unit, last updated 23/05/2006
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/03/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/03/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 15th Edition pg 1119-1140
5. British National Formulary No. 61 pg 268
Intravenous Mycophenolate mofetil
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Mycophenolate mofetil Cellcept®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing powder for concentrate for solution for infusion equivalent to 500mg mycophenolate
mofetil (as hydrochloride salt)(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Mycophenolate mofetil should never be administered by rapid or bolus intravenous injection.(1)
IV infusion: Slow IV infusion over 2 hours.(1) Use an infusion pump. Preferably administer via a
central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as the preparation has a low pH.(10)
If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit analysis should be made on an
individual patient basis. If given peripherally, the insertion site must be monitored closely for phlebitis
using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(10)
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5%(1)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Hypersensitivity - including angioneurotic oedema and anaphylactic reaction.(1)
Phlebitis and thrombosis.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage because of the low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to
local policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolality of the final infusion solution is determined mainly by the diluent (glucose 5%). The
contents of 2 vials of Cellcept® provides a maximum of 5mmols of solute molecules/ions to the final
infusion solution (concentration 6mg in 1mL).(9)
pH:
Range of 2.7 to 4.1 for both the reconstituted concentrate and the final infusion solution.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. CellCept® 500mg powder for concentrate for solution for infusion does not contain an
antibacterial preservative; therefore, reconstitution and dilution should be performed under
aseptic conditions.(1) Reconstitution and dilution should preferably be performed in Pharmacy.
2. Contraindicated in patients allergic to Polysorbate (Tween®) 80.(1)
3. The reconstituted vials and final infusion solution are chemically and physically stable with
glucose 5% in glass containers, and in polyvinylchloride (PVC) bags and administration sets.
4. Powder for concentrate for solution for infusion: Do not store above 30oC. Reconstituted vials
and final infusion solution: Store at 15-30oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Cellcept 500mg powder. Last revised 20/07/2012
Intravenous Naloxone hydrochloride
Note: In NHS Lothian the information in this monograph is NOT to be used for
the following:
- Palliative Care patients. Please see the NHS Lothian Palliative Care
Guidelines for Naloxone in Palliative Care on the Intranet.
- Post general anaesthesia. Please see Theatres & Anaesthetics protocol.
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
400micrograms in 1mL ampoule(1a)(1b)(1e)
400micrograms in 1mL, 2mL and 5mL pre-filled syringe (Minijet)(1d)
40micrograms in 2mL ampoule(1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
REVERSAL OF CNS AND RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION CAUSED BY NATURAL OR
SYNTHETIC OPIOIDS IN SUSPECTED OPIOID OVERDOSE OR INTOXICATION
Adults and children aged 12 years and over - IV injection: Administer by slow IV injection as
follows (13)
-
Give an initial dose of 400 micrograms (0.4 mg) by slow IV injection. (1)(5)
- If there is no response after 60 seconds, give a further 800 micrograms (0.8 mg).
- If there is still no response after another 60 seconds, give another 800 micrograms (0.8 mg).
- If still no response (after a total of 2 mg), give a further 2 mg dose. Large doses (4 mg) may be
required in a seriously poisoned patient.
Once an adequate response has occurred, monitor blood gases, oxygen saturation, and respiratory
rate. Observe the patient carefully for recurrence of CNS and respiratory depression. The duration of
action of naloxone is shorter than that of all opioid analgesics - REPEATED DOSES OF NALOXONE
MAY BE REQUIRED.(13)
Adults and children aged 12 years and over - IV Infusion: Intravenous infusions of naloxone are
often useful where repeated doses are required. The rate of administration should be titrated in
accordance to patient’s response to IV bolus and reaction to IV infusion. Usual starting dose is 60%
of initial IV bolus dose required for resuscitation infused over 1 hour, then adjusted according to
respiratory rate and level of consciousness.(1)(5)(13)
Note: Intramuscular naloxone is an alternative in the event that intravenous access is not possible, or
if the patient is threatening to self-discharge when it may help reduce the risk of respiratory arrest.(13)
The onset of action may be slower however. (5)
Continuous IV infusion: Dilute 10mg (25 vials of 400micrograms) with 50mL of sodium chloride
0.9%(1)(5) or glucose 5%.(4)(13) This will give a final solution concentration of 200micrograms/mL. This
is an unlicensed concentration but is recommended by National Poisons Information Service. Infuse
using an infusion pump.(13)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5% (1)(4)(5)
EXTRAVASATION:
Naloxone is likely to cause extravasation leading to tissue damage due to its low pH of naloxone (see
pH below).(12) Precaution should be taken to avoid extravasation. Ideally drugs likely to cause
extravasation should be given through a central line and patients receiving repeated doses of
hazardous drugs peripherally should have the cannula resited at regular intervals.(1)
Incompatible:
Alkaline solutions or preparations containing bisulphate, or long chain or high molecular weight
anions or any solution with an alkaline pH.(1)(2)(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Naloxone 400micrograms per mL: 270 - 310mOsm/kg(4)
Naloxone 20micrograms per mL: 289 - 293mOsm/kg(4)
Naloxone 400micrograms per mL (Minijets UCB): 301mOsm/kg(9)
pH:
pH ranges from 3 to 6.5 for all preparations(4)
pH of naloxone hydrochloride (Hameln, B.Braun): 3.1 - 4.5(1a)(1e)
pH of naloxone (MiniJets UCB): 3.0 - 4.5(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store at room temperature.(4) Keep container in the outer carton, protect from light on storage
only.(1)(4)(10)
2. Prior to administration, IV solutions of naloxone hydrochloride should be carefully inspected for
the presence of particulate matter or discoloration.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Hameln Pharmaceuticals, last updated 18/08/2008
b) Wockhardt, last updated 12/11/2010
Intravenous Noradrenaline (norepinephrine)
NB. Always prescribe and prepare the infusion as noradrenaline base
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Noradrenaline Noradrenaline or Levophed (Hospira)
(norepinephrine) Generic (Aguettant Ltd, Specials (ProFile)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Noradrenaline (base) 2mg in 2mL ampoules(1a)
Noradrenaline (base) 4mg in 4mL ampoules(1a-b)
Noradrenaline (base) 20mg in 20mL ampoules(1a)
Please note: 1mg noradrenaline (base) is contained in 2mg noradrenaline acid tartrate. At present
some UK preparations may be described as either noradrenaline base or noradrenaline acid
tartrate.(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer using an infusion pump (1a-b) Noradrenaline is a potent vasoconstrictor and
has a low pH, administer via a central venous access device.(1a-b)(10)
Do not allow the infusion to run out. A new infusion should be prepared before the previous one
finishes. Reduce the rate of infusion gradually prior to discontinuation to avoid disastrous falls in
blood pressure.(1b)(2)
Other preparations in use are 8mg noradrenaline base in 50mL, 16mg noradrenaline base in 50mL
or 32mg noradrenaline base in 50mL. In exceptional circumstances, more concentrated solutions
may be used.(12)
Noradrenaline infusion must not be used if it is discoloured (e.g. pink, dark yellow, brown) or
contains precipitate.(3)
EXPIRY TIME TO WRITE ON THE CONTINUOUS INFUSION (PREPARED IN A CLINICAL
AREA) ‘MEDICINE ADDED’ LABEL:
24 hours at room temperature.(3)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
NB: If the rate includes a 0.05 figure, the rate should be rounded UP to the next decimal place
when setting the infusion pump, e.g. 5.25mL/hour should be rounded up to 5.3mL/hour.
FLUSHING:
Do not flush the central venous access device. After the infusion is stopped, disconnect the
administration set, aspirate the cannula contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1mg in 1mL noradrenaline (salt form unspecified) was determined to be 319mOsm/kg (4)
pH:
Undiluted pH is 3 to 4,(9a) 3 to 4.5 (9b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store ampoules above 25oC (Hospira) or 30oC (Agguetant)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Noradrenaline (Norepinephrine) 1:1000 or Levophed, Hospira UK Ltd. Last revised
27/08/2008.
b) Noradrenaline (Norepinephrine) 1mg/mL. Laboratoire Aguettant. Last revised 17/06/2010.
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
16/06/2011.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information, accessed via
Intravenous Immunoglobulin, human normal (Octagam 5%)
Brands of normal human immunoglobulin are not interchangeable.
Record the batch number and expiry date from each bottle used in the patient’s case
notes or on the drug chart
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Immunoglobulin, human normal octagam® 5% (1)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass bottle containing human normal immunoglobulin 100mg in 1mL (5%) solution for
infusion:
2.5g in 50mL
5g in 100mL
10g in 200mL(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Give at an initial rate of 1mL/kg/hour for 30 minutes. If well tolerated, gradually
increase the rate of administration to a maximum 5mL/kg/hour for the remainder of the
infusion. Use an infusion pump.(1)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Calculate the infusion rate using the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
Monitoring:
- Monitor the patient (temperature, blood pressure, pulse, respiratory rate) before starting the
infusion, throughout the infusion and for 1 hour after the first infusion or 20 minutes after
subsequent infusions.
- Monitor urine output and serum creatinine levels. Patients must be well hydrated.
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not infuse with any other medicines.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Greater than or equal to 240mOsmol/kg (1)
The minimum requirement for osmolarity of octagam 5% is 240mOsmol/kg with no upper limit
set by the quality control; in practice, individual batches have tested in the range between 325-
345mOsmol/kg.(10)
pH:
5.1 to 6.0 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. octagam® should be stored below 25oC and protected from freezing and light.(1)
2. The solution should be clear or slightly opalescent. Do not use if it is cloudy or has
deposits.(1)
3. Filtration of octagam® 5% is not required.(1)
4. octagam® 5% contains maltose which may result in falsely elevated blood glucose
readings. Ensure the measurement of blood glucose is done with a glucose-specific
method for patients receiving octagam® 5%.(1)
5. Components used in the packaging of octagam® 5% are latex free.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Octapharma Ltd. Last updated 13/01/2009.
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 11/05/2011.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 11/05/2011
4. Trissel ‘Handbook on injectable drugs’ accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
11/05/2011
5. British National Formulary No 61. March 2011. Available via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/
6. Royal College or Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Octapharma Limited. Date contacted: 15/05/2012
10. Drug company name: Octapharma Ltd, personal correspondence from 13/07/2012.
Version 2
Intravenous Immunoglobulin, human normal (Octagam 10%)
Brands of normal human immunoglobulin are not interchangeable.
Record the batch number and expiry date from each bottle used in the patient’s case
notes or on the drug chart
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Immunoglobulin, human normal octagam® 10%
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass bottle containing human normal immunoglobulin 100mg in 1mL (10%) solution for
infusion:
2g in 20mL
5g in 50mL
10g in 100mL
20g in 200mL (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Give at an initial rate of 0.6mL/kg/hour for 30 minutes. If well tolerated, gradually
increase the rate of administration to a maximum 7.2mL/kg/hour for the remainder of the
infusion. Use an infusion pump.(1)
Bring up to room or body temperature before administration.(1)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Calculate the infusion rate using the following equation:
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
Monitoring:
- Monitor the patient (temperature, blood pressure, pulse, respiratory rate) before starting the
infusion, throughout the infusion and for 1 hour after the first infusion or 20 minutes after
subsequent infusions.
- Monitor urine output and serum creatinine levels. Patients must be well hydrated.
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not infuse with any other medicines or infusions.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
More than or equal to 240mOsmol/kg.(1)
The minimum requirement for osmolarity of octagam 10% is 240mOsmol/kg with no upper limit
set by the quality control; in practice, individual batches have tested in the range between 325-
345mOsmol/kg.(10)
pH:
4.5 to 5.0 (1)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store in a refrigerator (2-8oC). Protect from freezing and light. The product may be
removed from the refrigerator for a single period of up to 3 months (without exceeding
the expiry date) and stored at a temperature below 25oC. At the end of this period, the
product should not be refrigerated again and should be disposed of. The date at which
the product was taken out of the refrigerator should be recorded on the outer carton.(1)
2. The solution should be clear or slightly opalescent. Do not use if the product is cloudy or
has deposits.(1)
3. Filtration of octagam® 10% is not required.(9)
4. octagam® 10% contains maltose which may result in falsely elevated blood glucose
readings. Ensure the measurement of blood glucose is done with a glucose-specific
method for patients receiving octagam® 10%.(1)
5. Components used in the packaging of octagam® 10% are latex free.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Octapharma Ltd. Last updated 25/02/2010.
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
11/05/2011.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 11/05/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on
11/05/2011
5. British National Formulary No 61. March 2011. Available via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/
6. Royal College or Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Octapharma Ltd. Date contacted: 15/05/2012
10. Drug company name: Octapharma Ltd, personal correspondence from 13/07/2012.
Version 2
Intravenous Octreotide
(1)
Subcutaneous injection is the preferred route of administration.
Do not confuse with octreotide depot preparation (Sandostatin LAR) which is only given
by IM injection.(4)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Octreotide Sandostatin®
Octreotide (Sun Pharmaceuticals, Hospira, Novartis)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Amoules/vials containing:
Octreotide 50micrograms in 1mL (as acetate)(1)
Octreotide 100micrograms in 1mL (as acetate)(1)
Octreotide 500micrograms in 1mL (as acetate).(1)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential irritation as the
product has a low pH.(13)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage as the pH of this medicine is less than 5.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Diluted and Undiluted: 284 to 344mOsm/L.(9)(13)
pH:
Diluted and Undiluted: 3.9 to 4.5.(9)(14)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store at 2o-8oC. In use, the injection can be stored at room temperature for up to two
weeks.(1b-c) (This does not apply to the Hospira brand). Store in the original container and
protect from light.(1)
2. The cap of multidose vials should not be punctured more than 10 times to prevent
contamination.(1a)(1c)
3. Sandostatin multidose vials do not contain latex but cannot be guaranteed to have been
manufactured in a latex-free environment.(9c)
4. Multidose vials contain phenol.(1b-c)
5. Sun Pharmaceutical multidose vials are not licensed for IV administration.(1b)
6. For rapid, direct IV injection (e.g. for carcinoid crisis), injection can be administered
undiluted.(2)(11)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Octreotide 0.5mg/mL, 0.1mg/mL, last updated Feb 2012; 0.5mg/mL and 0.2mg/mL,
last updated December 2012 (Hospira).
Intravenous Ondansetron
Do not give more than 16mg as a single IV dose. Higher doses increase the risk of cardiac
arrhythmias - see 'Other comments' section below.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ondansetron Zofran®, Ondemet®
Ondansetron (hameln, Wockhardt, Accord, Peckforton)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 4mg ondansetron in 2mL (as hydrochloride dihydrate) solution for injection
or infusion.(1a-f)
Ampoules containing 8mg ondansetron in 4mL (as hydrochloride dihydrate) solution for injection
or infusion.(1a-f)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
POST-OPERATIVE NAUSEA AND VOMITING(1)
IV injection:
Give by slow IV injection over at least 30 seconds and preferably over 2 to 5 minutes.
Adults and children: Maximum dose 4mg.
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(12)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH.
Incompatible:
Aciclovir, aminophylline , amphotericin , ampicillin, amsacrine, fluorouracil (compatible at
certain concentrations), furosemide, ganciclovir, lorazepam, methylprednisolone sodium
succinate, meropenem (compatible at certain concentrations), micafungin, pemetrexed,
sargramostim and sodium bicarbonate.(4)(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
281mOsmol//L(13)
pH:
3.3 to 4.0(1d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect unopened ampoules from light. Do not store above 25ºc and do not freeze.(1a)(4)
2. Store diluted solutions at 2-8ºc for up to 24 hours and protect from light.(1a-g)
3. August 2012: The MHRA recommended that the maximum IV dose of ondansetron be
restricted to 16mg to reduce the risk of QT interval prolongation and cardiac arrhythmias
Intravenous Oxycodone hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Oxycodone hydrochloride OxyNorm®
Oxycodone (Wockhardt)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing oxycodone hydrochloride 10mg in 1mL (equivalent to 9mg of oxycodone
base). Solution for injection or infusion.(1a)(1b)
Ampoules containing oxycodone hydrochloride 20mg in 2mL (equivalent to 18mg of oxycodone
base). Solution for injection or infusion.(1b)
Ampoules containing oxycodone hydrochloride 50mg in 1mL (equivalent to 45mg of oxycodone
base). Solution for injection or infusion.(1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Oxycodone must be diluted before intravenous administration (see dilution and diluents
section).(1a-c)
IV injection: Give the diluted solution slowly over 1-2 minutes.(1) Maximum of 10mg dose only. (1a)
Do not administer doses more frequently than every four hours. (1a-c)
IV infusion: Administer the diluted solution at a recommended starting dose of 2mg/hour.(1a-c)
IV Patient Controlled Analgesia (PCA): Administer the diluted solution by injection with a
minimum lock-out time of 5 minutes (for opioid niave patients).(1a-c)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolarity of OxyNorm® injection is 279 - 288mOsmol/L.(9b)
pH:
The pH of oxycodone hydrochloride injection is 5.0 - 5.6.(9a) Please refer to extravasation section.
The pH of OxyNorm® injection is 4.5 - 5.5.(9b) Please refer to extravasation section.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Oxycodone is a controlled drug.(1a-c)
2. Approximately 2mg of oral oxycodone is equivalent to 1mg of parenteral oxycodone. (Note
that inter-patient variability requires that each patient is carefully titrated to the appropriate
dose).(1a-c)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) OxyNorm® (oxycodone hydrochloride 10mg in 1mL, solution for injection or infusion).
Napp Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Last revised: September 2008
b) Oxycodone hydrochloride 10mg in 1mL. Solution for injection or infusion. Wockhardt UK
Ltd. Last revised 07/05/2010
c) OxyNorm® (oxycodone hydrochloride 50mg in 1mL, solution for injection or infusion).
Napp Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Last revised: 14/01/2009
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 04/01/2012. Oxycodone. Last revised 20/08/2010.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 04/01/2012. Oxycodone. Last revised 27/10/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 04/01/2012. Oxycodone
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011 via http://www.bnf.org on 04/01/2012.
Oxycodone
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
Intravenous Vitamins B and C (Pabrinex I\V High Potency Injection)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Vitamins B and C Pabrinex® I\V High Potency Injection
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoule 1 contains thiamine hydrochloride 250mg, riboflavin (as phosphate sodium) 4mg and
pyridoxine hydrochloride 50mg in 5mL
Ampoule 2 contains ascorbic acid 500mg, nicotinamide 160mg and anhydrous glucose 1g in
5mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: After appropriate dilution of ampoules one and two infuse the required dose over 30
minutes.(1)
The CHM recommends that intravenous administration should be by infusion to minimise adverse
effects.(5)
IV injection: For a combined injection volume of not more than 10mL (e.g the contents of one
5mL ampoule number 1 and one 5mL ampoule number 2), the contents of the ampoules are
drawn up into a syringe to mix them just before use, then injected slowly over a period of 10
minutes.(1)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No specific guidance on extravasation - monitor patient and treat symptomatically.(9)
Follow BNF guidance for general treatment of extravasation.(9)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible infusion fluids: Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5%, glucose 4.3% and sodium
chloride 0.18%,(1) compound sodium lactate (Hartmann’s), glucose 5% with potassium 0.3%.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available.(9)
pH:
Ampoule 1: pH 2.5 to 3.5
Ampoule 2: pH 6 to 7.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Pabrinex does not contain latex as an excipient. However, operators wear latex gloves
during the manufacture process.(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Pabrinex. Last revised 03 November 2010
2. Martindale accessed online via www.medicinescomplete.com July 2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com July 2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com July
2011
5. British National Formulary No. 61 March 2011
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer - not available
9. Drug company name: Archimedes Pharma UK Ltd
Date contacted: July 2011
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing pancuronium bromide 4mg in 2mL (1)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to the low pH of pancuronium. If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality 338mOsm/kg (4)
pH:
3.8 to 4.2 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store at 2 to 8oC.(1)
2. Keep the container in the outer carton during storage.(1)
3. Do not freeze.(1)
4. Store away from light.(2)(8)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Pancuronium bromide 2mg/mL injection, Hospira.
Date of revision of text 11/08/2009
2. Martindale 'The Complete Drug Reference' 37th Edition, pg 2071-2
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2011 pg 1432-3
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 17th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/04/2013
5. British National Formulary No. 65, March 2013 pg 829-831
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 469
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 pg 646-647
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by Hospira UK Ltd, 21/06/2002
9. Drug company name: Hospira. Date contacted: 29/04/2013
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
11. University College London Hospitals 'Injectable medicines administration guide' 3rd
Edition, pg 54-5, 261
Version 5
Intravenous Pantoprazole
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Pantoprazole Protium IV
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing pantoprazole sodium sequihydrate 42.3mg equivalent to pantoprazole 40mg as
a dry powder (9)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Recommended dose is 40mg daily
IV injection: over 2 minutes (1)(2)(9)
IV infusion: Reconstitute each 40mg vial and further dilute in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% or
glucose 5% and give over 15 minutes (1)(2)(9)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible (9)
FLUSHING:
Glucose 5% (1), glucose 10% (5), sodium chloride 0.9% (1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Not determined (9)
pH:
After reconstitution with 10mL sodium chloride 0.9% pH = 9-10 (1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Rubber stoppers are latex free (9).
2. Due to extreme pH care should be taken to avoid extravasation when administering via a
peripheral vein.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics last updated january 2008
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 35th Edition
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2007
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 14th Edition
5. British National Formulary edition 54 September 2007
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2007
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer
Intravenous Paracetamol
Ensure that the dose given is appropriate for the age and weight of the patient.
There is a risk of accidental overdose, especially in infants and neonates.(11)
Consider additional patient risk factors e.g. hepatotoxicity.(12)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Paracetamol Perfalgan®
(acetaminophen) Paracetamol (Fresenius Kabi Ltd)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing paracetamol 500mg in 50mL (10mg in 1mL) solution for infusion.(1a-b)
Vials containing paracetamol 1g in 100mL (10mg in 1mL) solution for infusion.(1a-b)
Bags containing paracetamol 1g in 100mL (10mg in 1mL) solution for infusion.(1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer calculated dose over 15 minutes.(1)
Adults over 50kg: Use the 10mg in 1mL, 100mL vial without further dilution.
Patients weighing more than 33kg and less than 50kg: Use the 10mg in 1mL, 100mL vial.
Remove the excess solution from the vial before commencing administration of the calculated
dose.(12)
Patients weighing more than 10kg and less than 33kg: Use the 10mg in 1mL, 50mL vial.
Remove the excess solution from the vial before commencing administration of the calculated
dose.(12)
Children less than 10kg: Withdraw the calculated dose from the 50mL vial into a syringe and
administer it using a syringe pump after appropriate dilution. (12)
Children less than 10kg: Using a 5mL or 10mL syringe withdraw the required dose from the
50mL vial and dilute it to a minimum concentration of 1mg in 1mL with sodium chloride 0.9% or
glucose 5%.(12)
The diluted solution should not be used in presence of opalescence, visible particulate matter or
precipitate.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Hypotension, hypersensitivity reactions, flushing, tachycardia, injection site reactions (pain and
burning sensation).(1)(5)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
300 +/- 20mOsmol/L (Pefalgan®).(9)
280mOsmol/L (Fresenius Kabi).(10)
pH:
5.5 (Perfalgan®).(9)
5.0 to 7.0 (Fresenius Kabi).(1b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store above 30oC.(1a) Do not refrigerate or freeze.(1)
2. Store the 100mL bags in the aluminium overpackaging. When the overpackaging is
removed, use immediately.(1a)
3. As for all solutions for infusion presented in glass vials, monitor closely notably at the
end of the infusion. This applies particularly for central route infusion, in order to avoid air
embolism.(1)
4. Cases of accidental overdose have been reported during treatment with intravenous
paracetamol in neonates, infants and individuals with low body weight. The MHRA has
issued advice to help minimise the risk including recommended doses depending on
patient weight.(11)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Perfalgan®. Last revised 29/04/2010
b) Paracetamol (Fresenius Kabi). Last revised 10/12/2010
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/02/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 02/02/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 02/02/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011, pg 262
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health 2003
Intravenous Pethidine hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Pethidine hydrochloride Generic (Goldshields plc)(1a)
Generic (Martindale Pharma)(1b)
Generic (Auden Mckenzie Ltd - Pharma Division)(1c)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing pethidine hydrochloride 100mg in 2mL, and 50mg in 1mL.(1a-c)
Ampoules containing pethidine hydrochloride 100mg in 10mL and 50mg in 5mL.(1c)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Dilute to 10mg per 1mL with sodium chloride 0.9%,(4) glucose 5%(4) or water for
injections(6a) and administer by a slow intravenous injection(1a)(1b)(1c) i.e. over 2-5 minutes.(6a)
IV infusion(4) and PCA(2) (unlicensed routes): 10mg/mL pethidine hydrochloride solution (e.g.
500mg in 50mL of sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%) can be used for administration by a slow
intravenous infusion via a syringe pump.(4)
Alternatively, a more dilute solution of pethidine for administration by a slow intravenous infusion
can be used e.g. 1mg/1mL in 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% glucose.(4) The usual adult dose range
is 15-35mg/hour.(3)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Should extravasation occur please refer to local extravasation policy.(10)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device):
Dobutamine, glycopyrronium, hyoscine hydrobromide, metoclopramide, benzylpenicillin,
bumetanide, cefuroxime, propofol, dopamine, hydrocortisone sodium succinate, metronidazole,
ondansetron, potassium chloride, ranitidine.(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
1% 70.5mOsmol/L(11). See 1% link.
5% Undiluted:353mOsmol/L. Diluted: 309-317mOsmol/L (11). See 5% link.
pH:
4 to 6 (50mg/mL 1mL and 2mL injections).(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Patients receiving pethidine hydrochloride for longer than 48 hours or in total dosages
exceeding 600mg over 24 hours are at increased risk of toxicity from the norpethidine
metabolite. Such patients should be observed closely for potential manifestations of CNS
stimulation (e.g. seizures, agitation, irritability, nervousness, tremors, twitches, myoclonus)
associated with accumulation of the metabolite.(3)
2. Pethidine should only be used with caution and in reduced dosage in neonates and
premature infants, elderly and debilitated patients and in patients with head injuries,
severe hepatic or renal impairment, biliary tract disorders, hypothyroidism, adrenocortical
insufficiency, shock, prostatic hypertrophy and supraventricular tachycardia as they are at
particular risk of accumulation and/or toxicity of norpethidine.(1a)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Goldshields plc, last revised 13/07/2009
b) Martindale Pharma, last revised June 2003
c) Auden Mckenzie (Pharma Division), last updated 09/07/2010
2. Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. Accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 01/10/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Accessed via
Intravenous Phenylephrine hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Phenylephrine hydrochloride Phenylephrine hydrochloride (Sovereign, Beacon)
Phenylephrine hydrochloride (as an NHS ‘Special’)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Preparations which must always be diluted before administration:
Ampoules containing phenylephrine hydrochloride 10mg in 1mL (1%) (Beacon, Sovereign)
Ampoules containing 50mg in 5mL. NHS 'specials' manufacturers (unlicensed).
Preparations which can be administered without further dilution:
Ampoules containing 100micrograms in 1mL. Available in various volumes from NHS ‘specials’
manufacturers (unlicensed).
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Slow IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3 to 5 minutes.(1a-b) The 10mg in 1mL
preparation must be diluted before use.
IV infusion: Must be administered using a high performance infusion pump. When an IV infusion
is discontinued, slow the infusion rate gradually; do not stop it abruptly.(3)
ADULTS: Give at a maximum rate of 180micrograms/minute. Adjust rate according to
response.(1a-b)(2)
CHILD (1-16 years): Unlicensed. Administer via a central venous access device at a rate of 100–
500nanograms/kg/minute, adjusted according to response.(6a) .
EXTRAVASATION:
May cause tissue necrosis.(1a-b)(2)(3)
IV infusion:
Compatible infusions (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access
device): Amiodarone hydrochloride, anidulafungin (in glucose 5%), bivalirudin, caspofungin,
cisatracurium (in glucose 5%), dexmedetomidine, doripenem, ethanol 10% in glucose 5%,(4)
Furosemide,4) levofloxacin (in glucose 5%), zidovudine (in glucose 5%)
Incompatible: Iron salts,(1a-b) phenytoin,(1a-b) and thiopental.(4)
pH:
4.5 to 6.5 (9a-b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Phenylephrine hydrochloride is available from Sovereign Medical and Beacon
Pharmaceuticals as a 10mg in 1mL injection. The Summary of Product Characteristics (
SPC) for these preparations recommends that it is diluted before IV injection to a
concentration of 1mg in 1mL (10mg in 10mL), and before IV infusion to a concentration of
20micrograms in 1mL (10mg in 500mL). However, this recommendation no longer reflects
clinical practice. In practice, it is common to use a concentration of 100micrograms in 1mL
for IV injection and some Centres also use this concentration for IV infusion in adults,
adding 40mL to a 50mL Luer lock syringe to administer via an infusion pump. A number
of NHS pharmaceutical manufacturing units make a 100micrograms in 1mL preparation (
in 10mL, 20mL and 50mL volumes). See 'Pro-File' ('Current Suppliers' section) for further
information.
2. Protect from light during storage.(1)
3. Store at 2-25oC.
Intravenous Phenytoin sodium
CAUTION: Phenytoin is often administered as a loading dose followed by a maintenance
dose. The doses are different.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Phenytoin sodium Epanutin® Ready Mixed Parenteral
Generic (Hospira)(Mercury; supplier Amdipharm Mercury (Alliance)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing phenytoin sodium 250mg in 5mL.(5) Solution for injection or infusion.(1a-d)
IV infusion: Because of the low solubility of phenytoin and the possibility of precipitation occurring
when diluted, administration by intravenous infusion following dilution is not usually
recommended.(2)(4)
Administer via an infusion pump. If diluted give through an in-line filter (0.22 to 0.5micron).(1a-d)
ADULT: Maximum rate 50mg per minute.(1a-d)
CHILD and NEONATE: 1mg/kg/minute (maximum of 50mg/minute).(2)(6a)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before administration.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% before and after administration of phenytoin to avoid local venous
irritation due to alkalinity of the solution.(1a-d)
Monitoring:
Continuous ECG and blood pressure monitoring essential during infusion.(1a-d) Cardiac
resuscitative equipment should be available.(1a-d)
Monitor patient for respiratory depression.(1a-d)
Therapeutic drug level monitoring is required.(1a-d)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation will cause tissue damage due to high pH.(1a-d) If extravasation occurs, refer to local
treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
500mg in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9% = 312mOsm/kg (9a)(11)
pH:
pH of undiluted product: 11.2 to 12.1.(9a-d)
pH of diluted product:(11)
100mg in 10mL sodium chloride 0.9%: 10.4
1g in 250mL sodium chloride 0.9%: 10.1
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not refrigerate solution as a precipitate may form. This is reversible on allowing the
solution to reach room temperature. The solution is suitable for use as long as it remains
free from haziness and precipitate.(1a-d)(4)
2. Protect from light during storage.(1a-d)
3. Excipients: ampoule contains:
- Propylene glycol. Risk of accumulation in neonates and patients with renal failure.
Systemic toxicity includes CNS depression, hepatic or renal impairment, seizures, coma
and arrhythmias.(2)
- Ethanol (approximately 96% per 5mL ampoule). This may be harmful to those suffering
from alcoholism and should be taken into account in pregnant or breast-feeding women,
children and high-risk groups such as patients with liver disease.(1a)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Epanutin Ready Made Parenteral (Pfizer), last updated September 2012
b) Phenytoin (Hospira) last updated November 2012
c) Phenytoin (Mercury Pharmaceuticals (Supplier Amdipharm Mercury), last updated June
2012
d) Phenytoin (Alliance Pharmaceuticals) last updated April 2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2013
5. British National Formulary No 65 accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf/ on 16/06/2013
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health 2003
pg 491
a) British National Formulary for Children 2013-2014 accessed via http://bnfc.org on
05/07/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. Material Safety Data Sheet compiled by company - Hospira 14/01/2010
9. a) Drug company name: Hospira. Date contacted: 12/07/2012
b) Drug company name: Alliance. Date contacted: 12/07/2012
c) Drug company name: Pfizer. Date contacted: 05/07/2012
d) Drug company name: Mercury Pharma. Date contacted:
10. www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk accessed 16/10/07
11. Information supplied by Imperial College Healthcare NHS Trust QA Department.
12. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
500mL polyethylene cylindrical container (Polyfusor®) or polyolefine bag (Freeflex®)
containing:
phosphate 50mmol (100mmol/L),
sodium 81mmol (162mmol/L),
potassium 9.5mmol (19mmol/L).(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Intravenous infusion: Infusion must be given slowly (e.g. over 6-12 hours).(1)
Not more than 15mmol phosphate per hour (150mL per hour phosphate infusion) should be
given.(1)(10)
A total maximum dose of 50mmol (500mL of phosphate solution) per infusion (per day)
should not be exceeded.(1)(2)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5%.
EXTRAVASATION:
No information is available. Should extravasation occur please refer to local extravasation
policy.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
281mOsmol/L (1)
pH:
7.0 to 7.7 (1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Due to the potassium content, the solution should be administered with considerable
care to patients with cardiac disease or conditions predisposing to hyperkalaemia such
as renal or adrenocortical insufficiency, acute dehydration or extensive tissue
destruction as occurs with severe burns.(1)
2. Intravenous injections of potassium containing solutions should be given slowly as
high blood concentrations may affect cardiac function. Potassium should generally not
be given in the immediate postopertive period until urine flow is established.(1)
3. Due to the sodium content, the solution should be administered with caution to patients
with hypertension, cardiac failure, peripheral or pulmonary oedema, impaired renal
function and pre-eclampsia.(1)
4. In patients with renal impairment, the use of phosphates infusion must be carefully
controlled by frequent determination of plasma electrolyte concentrations.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, updated August 2006, available from www.fresenius-
kabi.co.uk
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com,
July 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" 2010 accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com, July 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com, July
2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59 accessed via http://bnf.org/bnf/
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 page 493
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer (no report available for this product)
9. Drug company name: Fresenius-Kabi
Date contacted: July 2010
10. Charron T, Bernard F, Skrobik Y et al. Intravenous phosphate in the intensive care unit: more
aggressive repletion regimes for moderate and severe hypophosphatemia. Intensive Care
Med. 2003: 29;1273-1278.
Version 2
Intravenous Phytomenadione (Konakion MM)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Phytomenadione Konakion® MM
(Vitamin K1)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing phytomenadione 10mg in 1mL in a mixed micelles vehicle.(1)
IV injection: Can be given undiluted.(9) However, to facilitate IV injection when volumes are very
small, a larger volume of 10-20mL can be prepared by taking the required dose from the
ampoule and diluting it, rather than diluting the whole 10mg and then taking the proportion
needed. This will ensure the correct dose is given.(9) The reason for this is that the mixed micelle
formulation does not distribute evenly in the diluent and by administering a fraction of the diluent
it could result in either under or over dosing.(9)
FLUSHING:
IV Injection: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(4)
IV Infusion: Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
80mOsm/kg (9)
pH:
5.3 to 6.6 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The mixed micelle formulation does not distribute evenly in the diluent and by
administering a fraction of the diluent it could result in either under or over dosing.(9)
However, to facilitate IV injection, a larger volume of 10-20mL can be prepared by taking
the required dose from the ampoule and diluting it, rather than diluting the whole 10mg
and then taking the proportion needed. This will ensure the correct dose is given.(9)
(based on anecdotal reports from the company).
2. The solution should be freshly prepared and protected from light.(1)
3. At the time of use, ampoule contents should be clear. If turbid do not use.(1)
4. Excipients include glycocholic acid 54.6mg/ampoule, and lecithin.(1) When treating
patients with severely impaired liver function it should be borne in mind that one Konakion
MM ampoule 10mg/1mL contains 54.6mg glycocholic acid and this may have a bilirubin
displacing effect.
5. The recommended maximum storage temperature is 25oC.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Konakion MM, last revised 07/08/2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/08/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information Jan 2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 17th Edition, 2012, pg 948
5. British National Formulary No. 65, March 2013 pg 655
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. Safety data sheet, Roche 19/12/2011
9. Drug company name: Roche
Date contacted: 20/01/2012, 14/12/2011; 13/10/2010; 25/02/2009; 29/12/2008;
03/06/2005
10. Medicines Policy, Charing Cross Hospital, 31/08/2006 Phytomenadione Ref 10
11. Baxter; Technical support brochure for IV Viaflo 01/05/2007 Phytomenadione Ref 11
Letter from Baxter on IV Viaflo 26Jan12 Phytomenadione Ref 11
Version 8
Intravenous Piperacillin with tazobactam
Contains a PENICILLIN.
From April 2012: Administration by slow intravenous injection is no longer recommended
by the manufacturer.(11) The Lothian Antimicrobial Team have considered and support
change to IV infusion in the inpatient setting.
MEDICINE TRADE NAME(S):
NAME:
Piperacillin with Tazocin®
tazobactam Generic (Actavis; Bowmed Ibisqus Ltd; Fresenius Kabi; Pfizer Ltd;
Sandoz Ltd; Stragen UK Ltd; Wockhardt UK)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
2.25g vial: containing 2g piperacillin and 250mg tazobactam (both as sodium salts) powder for
reconstitution.(1a-l)
4.5g vial: containing 4g piperacillin and 500mg tazobactam (both as sodium salts) powder for
reconstitution.(1a-l)
IV injection (unlicensed): This route of administration should ONLY be considered for patients
who are fluid restricted or for the initial management of sepsis, the reconstituted solution can be
given over 5 minutes.
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
1.5mL to 1.7mL per 2.25g vial
3mL and 3.5mL per 4.5g vial
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
Compatible infusions (it is assumed that the infusions meet close to the vascular access
device): sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5%. The Tazocin® brand ONLY is compatible with
sodium lactate, compound (Hartmann’s).
Incompatible infusions (it is assumed that the infusions meet close to the vascular
access device): sodium lactate, compound (Hartmann’s) (all generic products) and sodium
bicarbonate.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Generic products: No information
Tazocin® 4.5g: 386mOsm/L to 927mOsm/L (dependent on dilution and diluent); see link
pH:
pH 5 to 7(9e)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. If water for injection is used as the diluent for preparing the infusion, the maximum
recommended volume per dose is 50mL.
2. Store below 25oC and protect from light.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 2g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion,
Fresenius Kabi, last revised April 2012
b) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Fresenius
Kabi, last revised April 2012
c) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 2g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion,
Wockhardt UK Ltd, last revised October 2012
d) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Wockhardt
UK Ltd, last revised October 2012
e) Tazocin 2g/0.25g and 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Pfizer, last
revised 19/09/2011
f) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 2g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Bowmed
Ibisqus Ltd (MAH: Ibigen Srl), last revised 20/04/2012
g) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Bowmed
Ibisqus Ltd (MAH: Ibigen Srl), last revised 20/04/2012
h) Piperacillin/Tazobactam, 1g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion, Stragen
UK Ltd, last revised 26/08/2011
i) Piperacillin/Tazobactam, 2g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion, Stragen
UK Ltd, last revised 26/08/2011
j) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 2g/0.25g and 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or
infusion, Sandoz Ltd, last revised 19/09/2011
k) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 2g/0.25g powder for solution for injection or infusion, Actavis
Ltd, last revised 07/10/2011
l) Piperacillin/Tazobactam 4g/0.5g powder for solution for injection or infusion. Actavis Ltd,
last revised 07/10/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 03/04/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 06/01/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
06/01/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 64 September 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
6a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via http://www.bnfc.org
January 2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: Fresenius Kabi. Date contacted: 20/05/2013
b) Drug company name: Actavis. Date contacted: 22/01/2013
Intravenous Potassium chloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Potassium chloride
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ready-made "Diluted'' infusion preparations which can be given via a peripheral
venous catheter. The ready-made bags available in NHS Lothian include:
Ready-mixed 500ml infusion bags containing solution of potassium chloride 20mmol or
40mmol. Both strengths are available in glucose 5% IV infusion or sodium chloride 0.9% IV
infusion.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Adults: Infusion via a peripheral venous catheter. Use a ready made bag with a maximum
concentration of 40mmol potassium per litre. Maximum infusion rate 20mmol per hour.(2)(3)
Adults: Infusion via a central venous access device. Concentrations greater than 40mmol
per litre must always be given via a central venous access device, using a suitable infusion
pump; ready made solutions should be used wherever possible.
Continuous ECG monitoring is required for administration rates above 20mmol per hour.(2)(3)
Paediatrics: Infusion via a peripheral line. The concentration of potassium should not
exceed 40mmol/litre and given at a maximum rate of 0.2mmol/kg/hour.(6a)
Paediatrics (PICU): Infusion via a central venous access device. Under specialist
supervision with continuous ECG monitoring, "concentrated" potassium solutions are
administered using a suitable infusion pump. Maximum infusion rate 0.5mmol/kg/hour.(13)(14)
Note: Glucose containing solutions may reduce serum potassium concentrations, so glucose-
free solutions may be more suitable for initial IV therapy of hypokalaemia.(2)(5)
For information regarding the addition of potassium chloride to haemofiltration solutions, refer
to Instructions for dilution and suitable diluent.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(4)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Continuous ECG monitoring is essential for infusion rates exceeding 20mmol per hour, due to
the risk of serious arrhythmias or cardiac arrest.(3)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation may cause tissue damage due to high osmolarity (more likely with higher
concentrations).(12) Administer via central venous access device or large peripheral vein. If
extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
4000mOsm/L as the 20mmol per 10mL ampoule.(4)
358mOsm/L as the 40mmol in glucose 5% 1litre bags.(1a)
pH:
4-8(4)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. See NPSA guidance on the handling of potassium chloride concentrated solutions(11)
(Document Ref: PSA01 Issued 23-07-2002) via ‘Documents and Links’ page.
2. March 2012 - See UKMi Q and A 'How should intravenous (IV) potassium chloride be
administered in adults?'
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Potassium Chloride 0.3% in glucose 5% 1litre, accessed via www.bbraun.co.uk last
revised Sept 2003.
b) Potassium Chloride 0.3% in sodium chloride 0.9% 1litre
www.BaxterHealthcare.co.uk, last revised 24/04/2003
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com date accessed: 09/12/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com date accessed: 09/12/2010
4. Trissel accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com date accessed: 09/12/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 60, September 2010 accessed via www.bnf.org
6. Medicines for Children 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via www.bnfc.org on
07/03/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. a) Drug company name: B Braun - not contacted
b) Drug company name: Baxter - not contacted
c) Drug company name: Goldshield - not contacted
e) Drug company name: hameln Pharmaceuticals Ltd - Jan 2011
10. National Extravasation Service accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk
11. NPSA Documents PSA01, issued 23/07/2002
12. BARD website accessed via www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk on 09/12/2010
13. Guy's and St. Thomas', Kings College and University Lewisham Hospitals Paediatric
Formulary, 8th edition: revised September 2010
14. Neonatal Formulary, drugs used in pregnancy and the first year of life, 6th edition BMJ
books. Edmund Hey 2011.
15. Birmingham Children's Hospital Injectable Medicines Guide, June 2011.
16. Survey carried out by Rhian Isaac on behalf of the PICUP SIG (PICU pharmacist
special interest group of the Neonatal and Paediatric Pharmacist Group) in 2010.
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 10mg in 2mL(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give the undiluted solution as a slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(10)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available(9)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available(9)
pH:
pH 5.0 to 6.5 (in a 1% solution)(8)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Kemadrin®, date of 1st authorisation April 2003
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition pg 815
Intravenous Propofol
Do not confuse with Propofol-Lipuro®. See separate monograph.
Some of the information in this monograph is brand specific.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Propofol Diprivan®, Propoven®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Diprivan® 1%:
Ampoules containing propofol 200mg in 20mL.(5)(9a)
Pre-filled syringes containing propofol 500mg in 50mL.(5)(9a)
Diprivan® 2%:
Pre-filled syringes containing propofol 1000mg in 50mL.(5)(9a)
Propoven® 1%
Ampoules containing propofol 200mg in 20mL.(1c)(9b)
Vials containing propofol 500mg in 50mL.(1c)(9b)
Vials containing propofol 1000mg in 100mL.(1c)(9b)
Propoven® 2%:
Vials containing propofol 1000mg in 50mL.(1d)(9b)
IV infusion:
Administer using an infusion pump.(1a-d)
Administer propofol 1% diluted (see below) or undiluted.(1a)(1c)
Administer propofol 2% undiluted.(1b)(1d)
For administration using the Diprifusor TCI system refer to the manufacturer's Summary of
Product Characteristics.(1a)(1b)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Accidental clinical extravasation and animal studies showed minimal tissue reaction.(1a)(1b) Local
pain, swelling, blisters and/or tissue necrosis has been reported following extravasation.(3)
Compatible medicine containing infusions (it is assumed that medicines meet close to
the vascular access device):
Diprivan® 1%: Alfentanil, cefotaxime (in glucose 5%), ceftriaxone (in glucose 5%), fentanyl,
fluconazole (in glucose 5%), furosemide (in glucose 5%), hydrocortisone sodium succinate (in
glucose 5%), insulin (in glucose 5%), magnesium sulfate (in glucose 5%), ranitidine (in glucose
5%).(4)
Diprivan® 2%, Propoven® 1% and 2%: Do not infuse with other medicines
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information on the osmolarity or osmolality of Diprivan® 2%
pH:
6.0 to 8.5 (undiluted) (9a)(9b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Diprivan® and Propoven® contain soya-bean oil; do not use in patients who are
hypersensitive to peanut or soya.(1a-d)
2. Do not store above 25oC. Do not freeze.(1a-d)
3. Shake containers before use. If 2 layers can be seen after shaking, the emulsion should
not be used.(1a-d)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Diprivan 1%, last revised 19/01/2012
b) Diprivan 2%, last revised 19/01/2012
c) Propoven 1%, last revised 04/2011
d) Propoven 2%, last revised 04/2011
2. Martindale accessed via www.thomsonhc.com on 19/04/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2011 pg 2059-2068
4. Trissel 'Handbook on injectable drugs' 16th Edition 2010 pg 1335-1342
5. British National Formulary Number 63 accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
18/04/2012
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 19/04/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014).
8. COSHH report compiled by AstraZeneca
Unable to obtain COSHH report from Fresenius Kabi
9. a) Drug company name: AstraZeneca. Date contacted: 23/04/2012
b) Drug company name: Fresenius Kabi. Date contacted: 24/04/2012
10. Pharmacy QA Department, Charing Cross Hospital. Date contacted: 30/04/2012
Version 3
Intravenous Protamine sulphate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Protamine sulphate Prosulf®
Protamine (Sovereign Medical)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing protamine sulphate 10mg in 1mL. Available as 5mL and 10mL
ampoules.(1a)(1b)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give undiluted by slow IV injection over 10 minutes. No more than 50mg should
be administered in any 10 minute period. The rate should not exceed 5mg/minute.(3)(4)(5)
OR
IV infusion: Dilute dose required in sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% and administer via
an infusion pump. The rate should not exceed 5mg/minute.(1a)(4)(5)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(4)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to low pH. If extravasation occurs refer to
local treatment policies.
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not give this medicine by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a
medicine additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both before
and after administering the IV injection.
The manufacturer recommends that protamine sulphate not be mixed with other drugs unless
their compatibility is known (4)
Incompatible: Protamine sulphate is incompatible with certain antibiotics, including several
penicillins and cephalosporins.(1a)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolality of protamine sulphate (Lilly) 10mg/mL was determined to be 290mOsm/kg by
freezing-point depression and 292mOsm/kg by vapour pressure (4)
pH:
Ampoules 10mg in 1mL from 2.5 to 3.5(9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics.
a) Protamine sulphate injection BP 1%. Date of revision of text August 2006. Sovereign
Medical
b) Prosulf® 10mg/mL Solution for injection. Date of revision of text May 2008.
Wockhardt Ltd
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com. Date accessed August 2010
3. "American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com, August 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com,
August 2010
5. British National Formulary No. 59 pg 143
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: UCB Pharma
Date contacted: 28/01/2009
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing quinine dihydrochloride 300mg in 1mL.(5)(9)
Ampoules containing quinine dihydrochloride 600mg in 2mL.(5)(9)
Ampoules containing quinine dihydrochloride 300mg in 10mL(30mg/mL)(9) Bottles containing
quinine dihydrochloride 610mg in 500ml (quinine base 500mg in 500mL)(9)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer using an infusion pump.
Loading dose (ADULT, CHILD and NEONATE): Infuse loading dose over 4 hours.(2)(5)(6a)
In Intensive Care Units, a reduced loading dose can be administered over 30 minutes (see the
BNF for further information).
N.B. A loading dose should not be given if the patient has received quinine (or quinidine) or
mefloquine during the previous 12 hours.(5)
Maintenance doses (ADULT, CHILD and NEONATE): Infuse maintenance doses over 4
hours.(2)(5)(6a)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid possible venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(10)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
pH:
pH of 1.5-3.0 undiluted.(12)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Protect from light during storage.(2)
2. Administration by Slow IV infusion is less irritant than IM injection.(2)
3. A loading dose should not be used if the patient has received quinine (or quinidine) or
mefloquine during the previous 12 hours.(5)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics (no SPC as unlicensed medicine)
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/04/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/04/2013. No relevant information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs". No relevant information
5. British National Formulary No. 65, March 2013 accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/04/2013
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 541
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 23/04/2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer - Unlicensed medicine
9. NHS Pro-File (password controlled); Availability of listed products confirmed 19/08/2013
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
11. Drug Dex. Quinine monograph. Accessed via http://thomsonhc.com/ on 24/04/2013
12. Quality Control Department, Charing Cross Hospital, May 2012
Version 7
Intravenous Ranitidine
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Ranitidine (as hydrochloride) Zantac®, Generic (Goldshield)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing ranitidine 50mg in 2mL (as hydrochloride) (1a)(1b)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Injection: Administer over a minimum of 2 minutes in adults(1a)(1b)(2)(5) or 3 minutes in
children.(6a) A slower administration rate of over at least 5 minutes is recommended by some
references(3)(4) because of the risk of causing bradycardia on administration.(3)
IV Infusion over two hours: Maximum infusion rate for adults 25mg per hour.(1a)(1b)(2)(5)
Continuous IV Infusion:
In adults, give an initial 50mg IV Injection as above, followed by a continuous infusion at a rate
of 125-250micrograms/kg/hour as a continuous infusion.(1a)(1b)(2)(5)
In children, administer at a rate of 125-250micrograms/kg/hour as a continuous infusion.(1b)(6a)
In neonates, (unlicensed) administer using an infusion pump at a rate of 30-
60micrograms/kg/hour (maximum 3mg/kg daily).(6a)
IV infusion over 2 hours : Add 50mg to 100mL of compatible infusion fluid (3)(4)
Continuous IV Infusion: Dilute 150mg to a volume of 250mL with compatible infusion fluid (3)(4)
Suggested Concentration: Dilute 150mg to 250mL with compatible infusion fluid to give a
concentration of 150mg in 250mL (600micrograms in 1mL)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Compatible infusion fluids: Sodium chloride 0.9%(1a)(1b) or glucose 5%(1a)(9b)
For children, flush with 3mL sodium chloride 0.9% over 5 minutes.(1a)(1b)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information available. Refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Zantac®:
50mg in 2mL undiluted = 248mOsm/L (9a)
50mg in 2mL diluted to 20mL with distilled water = 26mOsm/L (9a)
50mg in 2mL diluted to 20mL with sodium chloride 0.9% = 285mOsm/L (9a)
Generic:
10mg in 1mL (water) = 59mOsm/Kg (9b)
pH:
Zantac®: Undiluted 50mg in 2mL = pH 6.8 to 7.1 (9a)
Generic (Goldshield): Unbuffered solution pH 4.5 to 7.0, buffered solution pH 6.7 to 7.3 (9b)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Ranitidine hydrochloride 56mg in 2mL is equivalent to 50mg in 2mL of ranitidine base.(1)
2. During storage protect ampoules from light and store below 25oC.(1a)(1b) Do not freeze.(1b)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics from eMC
a) GlaxoSmithKine Zantac® injection 50mg/2mL, updated 18 December 2008
b) Goldshield Pharmaceuticals, updated October 2009
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 03/02/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 26/01/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 03/02/2009
5. British National Formulary No. 58 pg 46-7 and pg 877
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health
2003 pg 546-7
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 pg 61
Intravenous Rasburicase
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Rasburicase Fasturtec®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing rasburicase 1.5mg powder. Plus ampoule containing 1mL solvent for
reconstitution.(1)
Vial containing rasburicase 7.5mg powder. Plus ampoule containing 5mL solvent for
reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Administer over 30minutes.(1)(3)
Do not administer by IV injection.(1)(3)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
None (1)(11)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% (1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No special precautions
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
(It is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device):
Compatible: Do not infuse with any other medicines or infusions.(1)
Rasburicase must not be mixed with other medicinal products including chemotherapeutic
agents and should always be infused through a different line whenever possible.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolarity = 320mOsm/kg (9)
pH:
Rasburicase 1.5mg and 7.5mg (reconstituted vials): 7.7 to 8.3 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store unused vials of Fasturtec® at 2-8oC.(1) Do not freeze.
2. Do not use an in-line filter when infusing rasburicase.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Fasturtec®, Sanofi-Aventis, last updated 02/06/2009
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ on 28/09/2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medscape.com/ on 28/09/2010
4. Trissel "Handbook in injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/
on on 28/09/2010
5. British National Formulary No. 60 accessed via http://www.bnf.org.bnf/ on 28/09/2010
6. Royal College of Paediatric & Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via http://www.bmfc.org/bnfc on
28/09/2010
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. Material Safety Data Sheet, Rasburicase lyophilized powder. Revision date: 02/05/2003
9. Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis. Date contacted: 28/09/2010 (personal correspondence)
10. Drugdex® accessed via http://www.thomsonhc.com/ on 28/09/2010
11. UCL Hospitals Injectable Medicines Administration Guide, 2nd edition, 2007, pg205
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing rifampicin 600mg powder. Plus 10mL ampoule containing water for injections for
reconstitution.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
600mg displaces 0.48mL.(6)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
EXTRAVASATION
Extravasation can cause irritation and inflammation. (1) If extravasation occurs stop the infusion and
restart at a different site. (1)(3) Refer to local policies for the treatment of extravasation.
pH:
pH 8.3 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Rifampicin causes a harmless orange-red discoloration of the urine, faeces, sweat, saliva,
sputum, tears, and other body fluids. Soft contact lenses may become permanently
stained.(1)
2. Store Rifadin® vials below 25oC.(1)
3. Rifadin® vials contain sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate, a sulfite that may cause serious
allergic type reactions in susceptible individuals e.g. atopic, non-asthmatic individuals.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Rifadin for Infusion 600mg®. Last updated 27/10/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
20/03/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition 2010, pg 1374
5. British National Formulary No. 65, pg 383
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013, pg 298
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer. Not used as not available from the manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Sanofi. Date contacted: 20/03/2013 and 25/03/2013
Version 5
Intravenous Sodium fusidate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Sodium fusidate Sodium fusidate (Leo Laboratories)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing sodium fusidate 500mg (equivalent to 480mg fusidic acid) powder.(1) Plus 10mL
vial containing sterile phosphate-citrate buffer solution for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV Infusion: Preferably administer via a central venous access device over 2 hours or if not into
a wide bore vein with good blood flow over at least 6 hours.(1) Leo Laboratories make no
recommendation about using an infusion pump as long as the solution is infused over the
required time period.(9)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible.(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation may cause thrombophlebitis or tissue damage.(1)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Compatible infusion fluids: Compound sodium lactate intravenous infusion (Ringer-Lactate
Solution, sodium lactate intravenous infusion), sodium chloride 0.18% and glucose 4% and
potassium 0.3% and glucose 5% intravenous infusion.(1)
Incompatible:- With infusion fluids containing 20% or more of glucose, lipid infusions and
peritoneal dialysis fluids.(1)
Precipitation may occur at dilutions which result in a pH of less then 7.4.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolarity of the injection once reconstituted is 370mOsmol/kg.(9)
pH:
pH 7.4 to 7.6 after reconstitution with buffer.(1)(10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store vials at room temperature below 25oC, protect from light during storage only. There
is no requirement to protect the product from light during administration.(2)
2. The required amount of the sodium fusidate/buffer solution should be used once only
and any unused portion discarded.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics. Sodium fusidate (Leo Laboratories), last revision of
text 28/09/2011
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via http://www.thomsonhc.com on
18/03/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.thomsonhc.com on
18/03/2012
5. British National Formulary accessed via http://www.bnf.org/bnf accessed 14/02/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children accessed via http://bnfc.org/bnfc/ on
14/02/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH data sheet, Leo Laboratories, version 3 11/11/2008
9. Drug company name: Leo Pharmaceuticals. Date contacted: 22/03/2011
10. QA Department, Charing Cross Hospital, 11/01/2012
Version 4
Intravenous Sodium nitroprusside
UNLICENSED MEDICINE
Important: The information in this monograph is brand specific. Check the brand used in
your area, there may be differences in preparation, administration and storage.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Sodium nitroprusside Nitropress®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing sodium nitroprusside solution 50mg per 2mL.
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Continuous infusion: via a central venous access device using an infusion pump. The rate of
administration should be adjusted to maintain the desired hypotensive effect, as determined by
invasive arterial blood pressure monitoring.
Start with a very low rate of 0.3micrograms/kg/minute and titrate up every few minutes until the
desired effect is achieved or maximum recommended infusion rate of 10micrograms/kg/minute
is reached. The average effective rate is about 3micrograms/kg/minute.
The infusion rate should not exceed 10micrograms/kg/minute in order to avoid excessive levels
of cyanide and thiocyanate; lessen the chance of methemoglobinamia; and the possibility of a
sudden drop in blood pressure.(1)
If the response is unsatisfactory after 10 minutes at the maximum infusion rate, gradually
decrease the infusion over 15-30 minutes to avoid an excessive rebound rise in blood
pressure.(2)
EXAMPLE CALCULATION:
Usual adult dosage: 0.3-10micrograms/kg/minute titrated to response(1)
Infusion rate: The infusion rate can be calculated from the following equation:
Example calculation table: See the package insert supplied in each package for example
infusion rate table based on weight and concentration of the preparation.
FLUSHING:
Do not flush the giving set. After the infusion is discontinued, disconnect the giving set, aspirate
the catheter contents and then flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.
In long term treatment, high doses and patients with kidney or liver damage, there may be an
accumulation of cyanide or thiocyanate. Side effects of excessive thiocyanate include:
tachycardia, sweating, hyperventilation, arrhythmias, marked metabolic acidosis (discontinue
and give antidote).(5)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
303mOsmol/L 50mg in 50mL glucose 5%
281mOsmol/L 50mg in 500mL glucose 5%
279mOsmol/L 50mg in 1000mL glucose 5%
(11)
.
pH:
7.3 as a 50mg in 50mL glucose 5% solution
6.4 as a 50mg in 500mL glucose 5% solution
6 as a 50mg in 1000mL glucose 5% solution
(11)
.
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Freshly prepared solution (in 500-1000mL) for infusion has a faint brownish tint. Do not
use if highly coloured.(2) The concentrated solution will be much darker.
2. During long term therapy monitor serum and blood cyanide levels and if more than 3
days, blood thiocyanate concentrations.(2)
REFERENCES:
1. Nitropress® manufacturer (Hospira USA) data in Package insert (August 2007).
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 04/06/2013.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com
Intravenous Sodium stibogluconate
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Sodium stibogluconate Pentostam®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Multidose vial containing sodium stibogluconate equivalent to 100mg pentavalent antimony in each
mL.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
Due to high osmolarity consider administration via a central venous access device.(14)
Slow IV injection: Filter immediately prior to injection by drawing up the dose through a sterile filter
with a pore size of 5microns or less. Administer by slow IV injection over at least 5 minutes and
preferably through a fine needle.(1)
IV infusion (unlicensed): Give filtered dose in 100mL sodium chloride 0.9% over 30 minutes using
a volumetric infusion pump.(10)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Vial may be used for up to 1 month after first dose removed. (1)
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%(10)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to high osmolarity and low pH.(8)(13)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not give this medicine by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a medicine
additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both before and after
administering the injection.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
789mOsm/L.(13)
pH:
5.2 to 5.4 (8)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not store the un-opened product above 25oC, protect from light and do not freeze.(1)
2. After first use, label vial with patient's name and the date, store at or below 25oC protected
from light, preferably in fridge and use within one month.(1)(10)
3. Contains chlorocresol as preservative which has been associated with delayed irritant and
hypersensitivity reactions when present in other injections.(1)(12)
4. Sodium stibogluconate vials contain particulates caused by an interaction between the
preservative and the antioxidant in the synthetic butyl rubber stopper. Use filters with
membrane types polyvinylidene difluoride, polyethersulphone, polysulphone, nylon,
surfactant-free cellulose acetate and mixed cellulose esters are suitable. Where filters
unavailable, the risks and benefits of administering unfiltered sodium stibogluconate must be
assessed by the clinician on an individual basis.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Pentostam® injection. Last revised 01/08/2007
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www/thomson.com on 22/06/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via www.medscape.org on
22/06/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.rpharms.com on 27/03/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf on 27/03/2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg G48 and
578
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnfc accessed
27/03/2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011 24/06/2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer. MSDS for Pentostam Injection. Last reviewed
09/08/2006
9. Drug company name: GlaxoSmith Kline. Date contacted: 22/06/2011 and 27/03/2012
10. UCL Hospitals Injectable Medicines Administration Guide: Third Edition 2010
11. National Extravasation Service accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk on 24/06/2011
Intravenous Sodium valproate (Epilim Intravenous)
DO NOT CONFUSE WITH EPISENTA BRAND. SEE DIFFERENT IV MONOGRAPH.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Sodium valproate Epilim® Intravenous (1)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing sodium valproate 400mg freeze-dried powder for reconstitution. Plus 4mL
ampoule containing water for injections for reconstitution.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)(2)(5)(6a) The injection can be
administered undiluted or diluted.(6)( 6a)(12)
IV infusion: Administer over 60minutes in at least 50mL of compatible diluent or as a continuous
infusion in an appropriate volume of compatible diluent.(3)(4)
To reconstitute, inject the solvent provided (4mL water for injections) into the vial and allow to
dissolve from which the appropriate dose should be extracted.(1)(9)
The concentration of reconstituted sodium valproate is 95mg/mL due to displacement of solvent
by sodium valproate.(1)(6)(12)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
0.2mL/400mg (1)(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)(11)
pH:
6.8 to 8.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Epilim freeze-dried powder should be stored below 25oC.(1)
2. The intravenous solution is suitable for infusion by PVC, polyethylene or glass container.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Epilim Intravenous injection. Text last revised 30
November 2009, accessed via eMC on 16/02/2010 www.emc.medicines.org.uk
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com 21/12/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 21/12/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
21/12/2009
5. British National Formulary No. 58, September 2009, accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf/
21/12/2009
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 579 to 581
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 accessed via http://www.bnfc.org/bnfc on
21/12/2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer Sanofi-Aventis accessed 21/12/2009
9. Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis
Date contacted: 21/12/2009
Intravenous Sodium valproate (Episenta)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Glass ampoules containing sodium valproate 300mg in 3mL solution for injection.(1)
Glass ampoules containing sodium valproate 1000mg in 10mL solution for injection.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)(2)(5)(6a) The injection can be
administered undiluted or diluted.(6)(6a)(12)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Discard any remaining infusion within 24 hours of preparation. (1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
No cases of extravasation have been reported.(9)(10) Extravasation is unlikely due to the near
neutral pH. If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No information available (9)
pH:
7.4 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Prior to use, Episenta® solution for injection and the diluted solution should be visually
inspected. Only clear solutions without particles should be used.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Episenta® solution for injection, text last revised
14/10/2008
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ 21/12/2009
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2009 accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/ 21/12/2009
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com/mc/
21/12/2009
5. British National Formulary No. 58 September 2009, accessed via www.bnf.org/BNF/
21/12/2009
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 579-581
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009 accessed via http://www.bnfc.org/bnfc
21/12/2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer KATWIJK CHEMIE B.V. dated 31/01/2007
9. Drug company name: Beacon Pharmaceuticals
Date contacted: 22/12/2009
10. National Extravasation Service, www.extravasation.org.uk. Accessed 21/12/2009
11. Bard Website www.accessabilitybybard.co.uk accessed 21/12/2009
12. UCLH Injectable Medicines Administration Guide (2nd Edition) page 220
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing sugammadex 200mg in 2mL (as sodium).(1)
Vials containing sugammadex 500mg in 5mL (as sodium).(1)
Clear and colourless to slightly yellow solution for injection.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush the infusion line adequately with sodium chloride 0.9% solution.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
There is no specific information on management of extravasation with sugammadex, but
should this occur it is not expected to cause tissue damage based on the pH and osmolarity.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Osmolality is between 300 and 500mOsm/kg.(1)(9)
pH:
7 to 8.(1)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The rubber stopper of the vial does not contain latex.(1)
2. Store below 30oC. Do not freeze. Keep the vial in the outer carton in order to protect
from light.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Bridion® 100mg/mL solution for injection. Date of
revision of text 10/01/2013
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/03/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/03/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 25/03/2013. No relevant information.
5. British National Formulary No. 65 January 2013 accessed via http://bnf.org/bnf on
25/03/2013
6. British National Formulary for Children March 2013 accessed via http://bnfc.org/bnfc on
25/03/2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014). No relevant information.
8. COSHH report (Bridion®) compiled by manufacturer. Unique code: SP498994. Date of
last issue: 15/07/2011
9. Drug company name: Organon Laboratories Ltd. Date contacted: 06/11/2012
10. Drugdex Sugammadex. Accessed via http://www.thomsonhc.com/home/dispatch on
25/03/2013
Version 2
Intravenous Tacrolimus
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Tacrolimus Prograf®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing tacrolimus 5mg in 1mL concentrate for solution for infusion.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV infusion: Concentrate must be diluted and administered over 24 hours using an infusion
pump.(1)
Tacrolimus is absorbed by PVC plastics. Tubing, syringes and any other equipment used to
prepare and administer tacrolimus concentrate for solution should be made of polyethylene,
polypropylene or glass.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5%.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
If extravasation occurs, refer to local treatment guidelines.(10)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
A dilution of 1 in 50 (100micrograms/mL) gives 588mOsm/L.(9)
A dilution of 1 in 500 (10micrograms/mL) gives 320mOsm/L.(9)
pH:
When diluted between 4-100microgram per mL pH is 5.9-6.3.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Contains polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, which may cause anaphylaxis.(1)
2. Store ampoules at temperatures up to 25oC and protect from light.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Prograf®. Date of revision of text 13/07/2010
2. Martindale, 1st Quarter 2011 update, accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
27/01/2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 27/01/2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 27/01/2011
5. British National Formulary No. 60, September 2010 accessed via www.bnf.org on
27/01/2011
6. Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health, Medicines for Children 2003
a)British National Formulary for Children 2010-11 accessed via www.bnfc.org on
27/01/2011
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. Material Safety Data Sheet compiled by the manufacturer; Astellas Pharma Ltd, 2008.
9. Drug company name: Astellas Pharma Ltd. Date contacted: August 2010
10. National Extravasation Service accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk
Version 3
Intravenous Teicoplanin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Teicoplanin Targocid®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing teicoplanin 200mg powder with ampoule of diluent (water for injections).(1)
Vials containing teicoplanin 400mg powder with ampoule of diluent (water for injections).(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.(1)
IV infusion: Give doses less than 800mg over 30 minutes.(1) Give doses of 800mg and higher
over 60 minutes.(9)
NEONATES:
IV infusion: Give over 30 minutes.
Do not administer by IV injection.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
There is overage in the vial to account for displacement. When the powder is reconstituted with
the ampoule of water for injections the final products contain teicoplanin 200mg in 3mL (200mg
vials), 400mg in 3mL (400mg vials).(1)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9%.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
No data available except, the calculated amount of salt added ensures that, when correctly
reconstituted, the injection will have an osmolarity close to that of body fluids.(9)
pH:
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store vials of dry teicoplanin in a dry place at temperatures of 25oC or below.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Targocid, last revised 03/04/2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" 36th Edition, accessed via
www.medicines.org.uk on 01/03/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information - no relevant information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 13th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 64 September 2012, accessed via www.bnf.or.uk on
01/03/2013
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 accessed via www.bnfc.org.uk on
01/03/2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by Sanofi-Aventis not available
9. Drug company name: Sanofi-Aventis Ltd
Date contacted: 01/03/2013
10. QA Department Charing Cross Hospital, May 2013
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing:
Tenecteplase 8,000units (40mg)
Plus 8mL prefilled syringe contains 8mL water for injections.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection Give as a bolus over approximately ten seconds.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Approximately 0.5mL for both 40mg and 50mg vials.(9)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Contains a trace amount of gentamicin. Use with caution in individuals with known
hypersensitivity to gentamicin.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Metalyse®. Date of last revision 04/06/2010
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" - no additional information
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information" - no additional information
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" - no information
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012 - no further information
6. a) Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
b) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 - no information
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Boehringer Ingleheim Ltd. Date contacted: 30/03/2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing 1mg of terlipressin acetate as a powder. Plus 5mL ampoule containing solvent
for reconstitution.(1)
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(10)
If a central venous access device is unavailable a risk benefit analysis should be made on an
individual patient basis. If given peripherally, the insertion site must be monitored closely for
phlebitis using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(10)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Negligible (9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% w/v (9)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to acidic pH (<5). If extravasation occurs,
refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Approximately 300mOsmol/L after reconstitution.(9)
pH:
The specification limits for the reconstituted product are a pH range of 4.5 to 7.0, with the usual
figure being in the range pH 4.5 to 5.5.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The vial closures are free from latex.(9)
2. Do not store above 25oC.(1)
3. Keep the vial in the outer carton in order to protect from light.(1)
4. The adverse effects of terlipressin have been likened to vasopressin, but less marked or
milder.(1)(2)(5)
The severe cardiac complications are well recognised. However, actual incidence may be
low due to slow release of lysine-vasopressin from terlipressin and the relatively low
doses used.(6)
5. Other side-effects include:- hypotension, peripheral ischemia, cyanosis, ventricular and
supra-ventricular arrhythmias including ‘Torsade de pointes’, bradycardia, tachycardia,
signs of ischemia on the ECG, angina, myocardial ischaemia and infarction,
bronchospasm and respiratory arrest.
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics Variquel®, last revised August 2010
2. Martindale accessed via MICROMEDEX Healthcare Series via
www.micromedexsolutions.com on 13/07/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2012 - not used
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 13/07/2012 - not used
5. British National Formulary No. 65 March 2013, pg 487
Intravenous Terlipressin acetate solution for injection (Glypressin)
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Terlipressin acetate Glypressin® solution for injection (Ferring)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing 1mg terlipressin acetate in 8.5mL solution for injection.(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Give by slow IV injection over 3-5 minutes.
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(10) If this is not possible, use a large peripheral vein after agreeing
this route with a senior member of the medical staff.
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use.
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% w/v (9)
Monitoring:
Constant monitoring of blood pressure, serum sodium and potassium and fluid balance is
essential.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Extravasation is likely to cause tissue damage due to acidic pH (<5). If extravasation occurs,
refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Assumed to be isotonic (9)
pH:
pH 3.5 to 4 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store ampoules in a refrigerator (2-8oC).(1)
2. Protect ampoules from light.(1)
3. The adverse effects of terlipressin have been likened to vasopressin, but less marked or
milder.(2)(5)(6a)
The severe cardiac complications are well recognised. However, actual incidence may be
low due to slow release of lysine-vasopressin from terlipressin and the relatively low
doses used.(6)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Glypressin, Ferring Pharmaceuticals, last revised
June 2011
2. Martindale accessed via MICROMEDEX Healthcare Series: Main Keyword Search on
13/07/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 13/07/2012 - not used
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 13/07/2012 - not used
5. British National Formulary No. 63 March 2012, pg 489-490
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 609-10
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013 pg 390
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011 - not used
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Ferring Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Date contacted: 12/07/2012
10. Royal College of Nursing - Standards for infusion therapy - third edition - January 2010
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing tetracosactide acetate 250micrograms in 1mL.(1)
For low dose test in children add 125micrograms to 500mL of sodium chloride 0.9% to give
1micrograms in 4mL.(6) Invert the bag several times to ensure mixing then withdraw the required
dose from the bag.(10)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(10)
Monitoring:
Hypersensitivity reactions tend to occur within 30 minutes of an injection.(1) Therefore monitor the
patient during this time.(1)
Tetracosactide should only be administered under the supervision of appropriate senior hospital
medical staff.(1)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
289mOsm/L.(9)
pH:
3.8 to 4.5 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store in a refrigerator (2-8oC).(1)
2. Protect from light.(1)
3. Shake well before use.(9)
4. Adrenaline and an IV corticosteroid should be prepared in advance and be available to
combat any anaphylactic reaction.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Synacthen® ampoules 250micrograms (Alliance) last
revised January 2011.
2. Martindale accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/06/2011.
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 08/06/2011.
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" - not used.
5. British National Formulary No. 62, September 2011, pg 471.
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health 2003"Medicines for Children" 2003 pg 616.
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012, pg 382.
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines – November
2013 (updated January 2014).
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer (23/08/2010).
9. Drug company name: Alliance Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Date contacted: 16/05/2011
10. UCL Hospitals Injectable Drug Administration Guide 2010, pg 315.
11. Drugdex via www.thomsonhc.com accessed 09/06/2011.
Version 4
Intravenous Tobramycin
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Tobramycin Generic (Hospira UK Ltd)
Generic (TEVA UK)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing tobramycin solution for injection 40mg in 1mL presented as:
40mg in 1mL(1a)(1b)
80mg in 2mL(1a)(1b)
240mg in 6mL(1a)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
IV injection: Administer over 3 to 5 minutes.(9)
IV infusion: Administer required dose diluted to 50 to 100mL over 20 to 60 minutes.(1a)(1b)(2)(3)
To avoid potential venous irritation preferably administer via a central venous access device as
the preparation has a low pH.(11)
STABILITY
Prepare immediately before use. Discard within 24 hours of preparation. (1a)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.(1a)(1b)
Administration related adverse effects include pain at injection site, fever, rash, itching, urticaria,
nausea, vomiting, headache, lethargy,(1a)(1b) mental confusion and disorientation.(1a)
Peak and trough serum concentrations should be monitored. Evidence of impairment in renal,
vestibular and/or auditory function requires discontinuation of the drug or dosage
adjustment.(1a)(1b)
COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION USEFUL IN CLINICAL PRACTICE:
Do not give tobramycin by IV injection via a line being used for an infusion containing a medicine
additive without first stopping the running infusion and flushing the line both before and after
administering the injection.
Compatible (it is assumed that medicines meet close to the vascular access device):
Aciclovir, amiodarone, anidulifungin, aztreonam, bivalirudin, ciprofloxacin, cisatracurium,
filgrastim, granisetron (all diluted in glucose 5%).(4)
Incompatible: Some penicillins and cephalosporins.(1a) Amphotericin B cholesteryl sulphate
complex, heparin sodium, propofol (all diluted in glucose 5%).(4)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
TEVA brand:
The osmolarity of 350mg tobramycin in 100mL glucose 5% has been calculated to be
338mOsmol/L.(10)
The osmolarity of 350mg tobramycin in 100mL 0.9% sodium chloride has been calculated to be
368mOsmol/L(10)
pH:
Injection: 4 (range 3.0 to 6.5) (9)
Infusion: in 100mL 0.9% sodium chloride: 4.8 (10)
in 100mL glucose 5%: 4.8 (10)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store below 25oC, do not freeze, protect vials from light.(1a)(1b)(8)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Tobramycin 40mg/mL injection (Hospira UK Ltd). Last updated on eMC 02/11/2011
b) Tobramycin injection BP 40mg/mL and 80mg/2mL (Medimpex). Date of last revision of
text 13/10/2005
2. Martindale "The Complete Drugs Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
in August 2011
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com in August 2011
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com in August 2011
5. British National Formulary No. 61, March 2011
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
Intravenous Tramadol hydrochloride
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Tramadol hydrochloride Zydol®, Zamadol®
Tramadol (Beacon Pharmaceuticals, Martindale Pharma)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing tramadol hydrochloride 100mg in 2mL.(1a-d)
IV infusion: Give at a rate appropriate to the volume selected e.g. give 50-100mL over 15-30
minutes.(1)
Patient controlled analgesia (PCA): Give up to 600mg over 24 hours with suitable lockout
periods e.g. start at initial demand dose of 5mg with a lockout period of 5 minutes.(11)
Suitable diluents for tramadol are sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1a)(1c)(4)(9d)
FLUSHING:
Flush with glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%(1a)(1c)(9b)(9d)
The following are usually incompatible, infuse separately if possible: Parenteral nutrition
solutions, sodium bicarbonate infusions, phosphate preparations, blood components, plasma
substitutes.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Zamadol®
Osmolarity: 280-320mOsmol/L.(1b)
Zydol®
Osmolality: 340-400mOsmol/kg.(9a)
Beacon Pharmaceuticals and Martindale Pharma
No information.(9c-d)
pH:
pH 6 to 7 (9a-d)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Hypoglycaemia added as an adverse effect to reflect SPC changes in consultation with
Manpreet. AW 07.01.14
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Zydol® solution for injection. (Grunenthal Ltd). Text last revised 20/01/11
b) Zamadol® injection. (Meda Pharmaceuticals). Text last revised December 2009
c) Tramadol 50mg/mL solution for injection or infusion. (Beacon Pharmaceuticals). Text
last revised 18/11/2012
d) Tramadol hydrochloride injection 50mg/mL (Martindale Pharma). Text last revised
02/08/2000
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com 05/11/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2011 accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 05/11/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on Injectable Drugs" accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com
on 05/11/2012
Intravenous Tranexamic acid
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Tranexamic acid Cyklokapron® Injection
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Ampoules containing tranexamic acid 500mg in 5mL(1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS:
Slow IV injection: 500-1000mg over 5-10 minutes (1mL/minute).(1)(5)
IV infusion (unlicensed): Give over at least 8 hours or until bleeding stops.(11)(12)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (5)
EXTRAVASATION:
No information (10)
pH:
pH 6.5 to 8.0.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Do not add tranexamic acid injection to blood transfusions.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics for Cyklokapron®. Text last revised November 2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" http://www.medicinescomplete.com accessed
28/09/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2012. No relevant information.
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition. No relevant information
5. British National Formulary No. 64, September 2012
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003. No relevant
information
a) British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines - December
2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Pfizer Ltd
Date contacted: October 2012
10. Extravasation website - www.extravasation.org.uk accessed 26/09/2012
11. NICE. ESUOM1 Significant haemorrhage following trauma: tranexamic acid. October 2012
12. Major trauma and the use of tranexamic acid in children; RCPCH Evidence Statement,
November 2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing vancomycin 500mg (as hydrochloride) powder for reconstitution.(1a-e)
Vials containing vancomycin 1g (as hydrochloride) powder for reconstitution.(1a-e)
Continuous infusions (unlicensed indication for all brands except Hospira) are used in
ITU only (See ITU Guidelines).
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a low pH.(11) If this device is unavailable, carry out a risk benefit analysis for
the patient. If vancomycin is given peripherally, monitor the insertion site closely for phlebitis
using a recognised infusion phlebitis scoring tool.(11) Rotate the insertion site regularly.(1a-d)
Concentrated solutions (greater than 5mg/mL) in fluid restricted patients should always be given
via a central venous access device over 2 hours.(6a)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
Vancocin® (Flynn): 500mg displaces 0.35mL, 1g displaces 0.7mL.(9a)
Hospira: 500mg displaces 0.32mL, 1g displaces 0.65mL.(9b)
Wockhardt: 500mg displaces 0.27mL, 1g displaces 0.54mL.(9c)
Sandoz: 500mg displaces 1.5mL, 1g displaces 2.3mL.(9d)
Actavis: negligible.(9e)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR DILUTION AND SUITABLE DILUENT (adult):
Use sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%. Dilute each 500mg with at least 100mL to give a
concentration of not more than 5mg in 1mL.
Fluid restricted patients: A concentration of 10mg/mL can be used (e.g. 1g in 100mL) but must
be given by a central venous access device.(6a) The risk of infusion-related adverse effects
may be increased.
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%
EXTRAVASATION:
May cause tissue damage (1a-d)
Compatible infusion fluids: Sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose 5%, glucose 5% in sodium chloride
0.9%, sodium lactate, compound (Hartmann's solution).(1b)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Reconstituted solution (50mg in 1mL) = 57mOsm/kg (4)
Diluted solution (5mg/mL) = 249mOsm/kg in glucose 5% and 291mOsm/kg in sodium chloride
0.9%.(10)
pH:
Reconstituted solution (50mg/mL) = pH 2.5 to 4.5 (10)
Diluted solution (2.5mg/mL or 5mg/mL) = pH 3.5 to 3.8.(12)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Store at 28oC in original packaging.(1)
2. Scottish Antimicrobial Prescribing Group - Guidance on Use of Gentamicin and
Vancomycin in Adults
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
a) Vancocin®, date of last revision of the text 23 October 2008 (Flynn)
b) Vancomycin hydrochloride 500mg and 1g Powder for Concentrate for Infusion, Hospira
UK Ltd. Date of last revision of text January 2008
c) Vancomycin 500mg and 1g Powder for Solution for Infusion, Wockhardt UK Ltd. Date
of first authorisation 04 April 2008
d) Vancomycin 500mg and 1g Powder for solution for infusion. Sandoz Ltd. Date of last
revision of text, 03/06/2010
e) Vancomycin 500mg and 1g Powder for solution for infusion. Actavis Ltd. Date of last
revision of text 02/07/2013
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com
on 10/05/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 10/05/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" accessed via www.medicinescomplete.com on
10/05/2012
5. British National Formulary No. 63 March 2012 pg 375
6. Medicines for Children produced by the Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-2012 pg 286
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
Intravenous Iron sucrose (Venofer)
The MHRA issued updated advice (see 'Method of Administration' below) on
administration and monitoring of intravenous iron preparations dated August 2013 which
is included in this monograph but may not be reflected in the package insert.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Iron sucrose Venofer®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing iron 50mg in 2.5mL as iron sucrose (iron(III)-hyroxide sucrose complex)
Vials containing iron 100mg in 5mL as iron sucrose (iron(III)-hyroxide sucrose complex)
Ampoules containing iron 100mg in 5mL as iron sucrose (iron(III)-hydroxide sucrose complex).(1)
ADULT
Preferably administer via a central venous access device to avoid potential venous irritation as
the preparation has a high pH.(8)
IV infusion via an infusion pump: Administer at an infusion rate of not more than 100mg over
15 minutes.(1)
The total single dose must not exceed 200mg of iron sucrose given not more than three times a
week. If the total necessary dose exceeds the maximum allowed single dose, then the
administration has to be split.(1)
Injection into dialyser: Iron sucrose may be administered during a haemodialysis session
directly into the venous limb of the dialyser under the same procedures as those outlined for
intravenous injection.(1)
Dilute each 5mL (100mg iron) in a maximum of 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9%.
Using volumes of more than 100mL for each 100mg iron may cause instability.(1)
Total iron deficit (mg) = body weight (kg) x (target Hb – actual Hb (g/L) x 0.24* + depot iron
(mg)
• Below 35kg body weight: target Hb = 130g/l and depot iron = 15mg/kg body weight
• 35kg body weight and above: target Hb = 150g/l and depot iron = 500mg
Factor 0.24* = 0.0034 x 0.07 x 1000 (iron content of haemoglobin 0.34%; Blood volume
7%
of body weight; Factor 1000 = conversion from g to mg)
The total amount of Venofer required is determined from either the above calculation
or the following dosage table:
Total number of ampoules of Venofer to be
administered
Body weight (kg) Hb 60g/l Hb 75g/l Hb 90g/l Hb 105g/l
30 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5
35 12.5 11.5 10 9
40 13.5 12 11 9.5
45 15 13 11.5 10
50 16 14 12 10.5
55 17 15 13 11
60 18 16 13.5 11.5
65 19 16.5 14.5 12
70 20 17.5 15 12.5
75 21 18.5 16 13
80 22.5 19.5 16.5 13.5
85 23.5 20.5 17 14
90 24.5 21.5 18 14.5
FLUSHING:
Sodium chloride 0.9% (1)
ADVERSE EFFECTS WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY INJECTABLE ADMINISTRATION AND
SUGGESTED MONITORING:
Parenterally administered iron preparations can cause hypersensitivity reactions including
serious and potentially fatal anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions. Hypersensitivity reactions have
also been reported after previously uneventful doses of parenteral iron complexes.
The risk is enhanced for patients with known allergies including drug allergies, including
patients with a history of severe asthma, eczema or other atopic allergy.
There is also an increased risk of hypersensitivity reactions to parenteral iron complexes in
patients with immune or inflammatory conditions (e.g. systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid
arthritis).
Venofer® should only be administered when staff trained to evaluate and manage anaphylactic
reactions is immediately available, in an environment where full resuscitation facilities can be
assured.
Monitor patients carefully for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity reactions during and
following each administration of Venofer®. Each patient should be observed for adverse effects
for at least 30 minutes following each Venofer® injection. If hypersensitivity reactions or signs of
intolerance occur during administration, the treatment must be stopped immediately. Facilities
for cardio respiratory resuscitation and equipment for handling acute anaphylactic/anaphylactoid
reactions should be available, including an injectable 1:1000 adrenaline solution. Additional
treatment with antihistamines and/or corticosteroids should be given as appropriate.(1)
EXTRAVASATION:
Iron sucrose has the potential to cause tissue injury if extravasation occurs as pH >9.(1)(9)
If extravasation occurs refer to local treatment policies.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
The osmolality of a solution of 5mL Venofer® diluted in 100mL of sodium chloride 0.9%
was measured at 333mOsm/kg.(9)
pH:
pH 10.5 to 11.0 (9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Slow IV infusion is preferred route of administration, to reduce the risk of
hypotensive episodes.
2. Paravenous leakage must be avoided as it can lead to pain, inflammation, tissue
necrosis and brown discolouration of the skin.(1)
3. Do not store above 25oC. Do not freeze.(1)
4. Iron sucrose is not recommended for use in children.(1)
5. The injection is contraindicated in patients with a history of asthma, eczema, anaphylaxis
or other allergic disorders.(2)
Intravenous Voriconazole
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Voriconazole Vfend®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vial containing 200mg voriconazole powder for reconstitution.(1)(5)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
ADULTS plus adolescents 12-14 years and weighing more than 50kg and 15-17 years
regardless of body weight
Administer a loading dose of 6mg/kg every 12 hours (for the first 24 hours) by IV infusion at at
a rate of not more than 3mg/kg/hour over 1-3 hours. Follow with a maintenance dose infusion
of 4mg/kg every 12 hours at a rate of not more than 3mg/kg/hour over 1-3 hours.(1)
CHILDREN (2 to less than 12 years and young adolescents 12 to 14 years and less than
50kg)
Administer a loading dose of 9mg/kg every 12 hours (for the first 24 hours) by IV infusion at at
a rate of not more than 3mg/kg/hour over 1-3 hours. Follow with a maintenance dose infusion
of 8mg/kg every 12 hours at a rate of not more than 3mg/kg/hour over 1-3 hours.(1)
DISPLACEMENT VALUE:
1mL (1)(3)
STABILITY:
Use immediately after reconstitution. .(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% (1)(5)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Reconstituted solution approximately 507mOsmol/L (9)
pH:
5.5 to 7.5 (9)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Vfend®, last updated 29/02/2012
2. Martindale "The Complete Drug Reference" accessed via www.thomsonhc.com on
20/03/2012
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2011 accessed via
www.medicinescomplete.com on 22/02/2012
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 16th Edition pg 1552
5. British National Formulary No. 63, March 2012 pg 396 and 1001
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2011-12 pg 304
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer - January 2007
9. Drug company name: Pfizer Date contacted: March 2012
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Vials containing zidovudine 200mg in 20mL solution (10mg zidovudine/mL) (1)
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION:
NOT BE ADMINISTERD UNDILUTED, BY IV BOLUS INJECTION OR RAPID INFUSION
IV infusion: Administer the required dose of the diluted product over 60 minutes.(1)(3)(4)(5)
During labour and delivery, administer 2mg/kg bodyweight, over 60 minutes, using an infusion
pump followed by a continuous intravenous infusion at 1mg/kg/hour until the umbilical cord is
clamped.(1)(3)(9)
In neonates, administer 1.5mg/kg bodyweight, using an infusion pump, over 30 minutes.(1)(3)(9)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% , glucose 5% (1)(3)(4)(5)(9)
EXTRAVASATION:
Zidovudine 10mg/ml when diluted to a concentration of 2mg per mL or 4mg per mL is not an
irritant or a vesicant.
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
Zidovudine 10mg in 1mL: 34mOsmol/L (10mg/mL)(9)
pH:
Approximate pH 5.5 (1)(4)(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
Store vials below 30oC and protect them from light. (1)(3)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Retrovir 10mg/mL IV for infusion, last revised 1
Dec 2008
2. Martindale accessed via http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 26 Jan 2010
3. American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information 2007, accessed via
http://medicinescomplete.com on 26 Jan 2010
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition
5. British National Formulary No. 58, September 2009 (online version)
6. Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health "Medicines for Children" 2003
a) British National Formulary for Children 2009
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov
2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines -
December 2011
8. COSHH report compiled by manufacturer
9. Drug company name: Glaxo SmithKline
Date contacted: Jan 2010
10. www.extravasation.org.uk accessed on 26 Jan 2010
Version 4
Intravenous Zoledronic acid 5mg
Caution: Do not confuse with zoledronic acid 4mg in 5mL concentrate for infusion and
4mg in 100mL intravenous infusion (Zometa® and generics) which are licensed for a
different indication.
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Zoledronic acid Aclasta®
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Plastic bottles containing zoledronic acid 5mg in 100mL (as monohydrate). Solution for
intravenous infusion.(1)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9%.(9)
Monitoring:
Measure creatinine clearance before each Aclasta® dose. Aclasta® is contraindicated in
patients with creatinine clearance less than 35mL/minute.(1)(12)
pH:
6.4 to 6.6.(9)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. The incidence of adverse reactions occurring in first 3 days can be reduced by
administering paracetamol or ibuprofen shortly after the infusion, as needed.(1)
2. Patients with Paget's disease, it is strongly advised that adequate supplemental calcium
corresponding to at least 500mg of elemental calcium twice daily with vitamin D is
ensured for at least 10 days following zoledronic acid administration, to reduce the
chance of transient hypocalcaemia.(1)
3. To date, clinical trial results have suggested an increased risk of atrial fibrillation for
zoledronic acid (Aclasta®). The risk of atrial fibrillation in association with bisphosphonate
treatment seems to be low, and the balance of risks and benefits for bisphosphonates
remains favourable.(1)
4. Excipients: mannitol, sodium citrate, water for injections.(1)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics, Aclasta®, last revised 04/05/2012
2. Martindale the "Complete Drug Reference" accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/07/2013
3. American Hospital Formulary Services Drug Information accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/17/2013
4. Trissel "Handbook on injectable drugs" 15th Edition accessed via
http://www.medicinescomplete.com on 09/07/2013. No relevant information
5. British National Formulary No. 65 accessed via www.bnf.org/bnf on 09/07/2013
6. British National Formulary for Children 2012-2013. No relevant information
7. Medical Devices Agency device bulletin: Infusion systems MDA DB2003(02) v2 Nov 2010
a) Consensus guide on identification of potential high risk injectable medicines –
November 2013 (updated January 2014)
8. COSHH report compiled by the manufacturer. Date of issue 06/04/2013
9. Drug company: Novartis
Date contacted: 12/07/2013
10. National Extravasation Service accessed via www.extravasation.org.uk on 10/07/2013.
No relevant information
11. Bisphosphonates: atrial fibrillation, July 2008 accessed via
www.mhra.gov.uk/Safetyinformation/DrugSafetyUpdate/con085167
12. on 09/07/2013
13. Updated Safety Information Reports of Renal Impairment with Aclasta® (zoledronic acid,
5mg solution for infusion), March 2010 accessed via www.mhra.gov.uk/home/groups/pl-
p/documents/websiteresources/con076456.pdf on 09/07/2013
Version 2
Intravenous Zoledronic acid 4mg
Caution: Do not confuse with Aclasta® (zoledronic acid 5mg in 100mL solution for
infusion) which is licensed for a different indication
MEDICINE NAME: TRADE NAME(S):
Zoledronic acid Zometa®
Zoledronic acid (Actavis; Hospira; medac GmbH; Sandoz)
PRESENTATION OF MEDICINE:
Products which require dilution before use:
[Novartis; Sandoz; Actavis; Medac GmbH]: Plastic vials containing zoledronic acid 4mg in 5mL
(as monohydrate). Concentrate for solution for intravenous infusion.(1a-d)
Ready-to-use product:
[Novartis; Sandoz]: Plastic bottles containing zoledronic acid 4mg in 100mL for intravenous
infusion.(1e)(1h)
[medac GmbH]: Colourless glass bottles containing zoledronic acid 4mg in 100mL solution for
intravenous infusion (as monohydrate).(1g)
[Hospira]: Plastic bags containing zoledronic acid 4mg in 100mL for intravenous infusion (as
monohydrate).(1f)
FLUSHING:
Flush with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%(1a-h)
OSMOLARITY / OSMOLALITY:
270 to 300mOsmol/kg(9a-e)
pH:
Concentrate for infusion: 5.5 to 7.5.(9a-d)
Pre-diluted solution for infusion: 5.5 to 7.0.(9a)(9c-e)
OTHER COMMENTS:
1. Ensure the patient is well hydrated before and after administration to reduce the risk of
renal impairment.(1a-h)
2. Giving paracetamol following administration may reduce the incidence of acute flu-like
syndrome.(3)
3. Store at room temperature.(1a-h)
4. Smaller infusion volumes (e.g. 50mL) and rapid over (5 minutes) IV infusion rates
(unlicensed) have been associated with an increased risk of renal impairment which
may progress to renal failure. Do not exceed the recommended concentrations or
infusion rates.(3)
REFERENCES:
1. Summary of Product Characteristics
Concentrate for solution for infusion
a) Zometa® 4mg/5mL concentrate for solution for infusion, Novartis. Last revised
13/06/2013
b) Zoledronic acid 4mh/5mL concentrate for solution for infusion, Actavis. Last revised
31/05/2013
c) Zoledronic acid 4mg/5mL concentrate for solution for infusion, medac GmbH. Last
revised July 2013
d) Zoledronic acid 4mg/5mL concentrate for solution for infusion, Sandoz. Last revised